Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / CCL Industries Inc

CCL Industries Inc

ccl.b:ca · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ccl.b:ca
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · CCL Industries Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2017   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

innov ation
!

www.cclind.com

20 000
Employees

167
Production Facilities

39
Countries

6
Continents

CCL 

Avery

Innovia 

Container

Checkpoint 

CCL is the world’s largest 
converter of pressure 
sensitive and extruded film 
materials for decorative, 
instructional, security and 
functional applications  
for government institutions 
and leading global  
customers in the consumer 
packaging, healthcare, 
automotive and consumer 
durable segments.

Avery provides world-leading 
software solutions that 
help small businesses and 
consumers design online 
or download templates 
to digitally print labels, 
tags, dividers, badges and 
specialty card products from 
avery.com. Products are sold 
through mass market retailers 
and distributors alongside 
complementary office 
supplies as well as direct to 
consumers via avery.com and 
other e-commerce brands.

Innovia is a leading 
manufacturer of high 
performance, multi-layer, 
surface engineered  
specialty films for label, 
packaging and security 
applications.

With plants in Canada, 
United States and Mexico, 
this business is a leading 
manufacturer of sustainable, 
impact extruded, aluminum 
aerosol containers and 
bottles for premium brands 
in the North American  
Home & Personal Care and 
Food & Beverage markets. 

Checkpoint is a leading 
manufacturer of technology-
driven loss-prevention, 
inventory management 
labelling and tagging 
solutions (RF and RFID 
capable) to global apparel 
brand owners and omni 
channel retailers.

North America 
represents  

43% 

of total sales.

Europe 
represents

34%   

of total sales.

Emerging Markets  
represent 

23%   

of total sales.

CAUTION  ABOUT  FORWARD-LOOKING  INFORMATION  This  annual  report  contains  forward-looking  information  and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined  under  applicable  securities  laws, 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “forward-looking statements”) that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by, but not limited to, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans” or similar 
expressions. Statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Company, other than statements of historical fact, are 
forward-looking statements. Specifically, this MD&A contains forward-looking statements regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income and profitability of the Company’s segments; the Company’s 
improvement in market share; the Company’s capital spending levels and planned capital expenditures in 2018; the adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s targeted return on 
equity, earnings per share, EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business strategy; and the Company’s expectations regarding general 
business and economic conditions.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to future events and conditions including, but not limited to, 
the impact of competition; consumer confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit availability; technological 
change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of 
assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; improved customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a 
global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; the 
achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability to pass on aluminum cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of 
currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks materialize or should any assumptions prove 
incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report and particularly 
in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements 
are made may have on the business. Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other 
business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them and therefore cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing specific facts. The 
forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this annual report and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events 
or circumstances, except as required by law. 

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc., its subsidiary companies and equity accounted investments.

2 0 1 7   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

CCL  INDUSTRIES  DELIVERED  ANOTHER  RECORD  YEAR  IN  2017  WITH 

SALES OF $4.8 BILLION AND NET EARNINGS OF $474 MILLION, AIDED BY 

A  $40  MILLION  REDUCTION  IN  DEFERRED  LIABILITIES  RESULTING  FROM 

THE UNITED STATES TAX CUTS & JOBS ACT THAT TAKES EFFECT IN 2018.

Donald G. Lang

Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin

President and  

Chief Executive Officer

6.2%  organic  sales  growth  for  the  CCL  Segment  continues  to  exceed  global  GDP;  Checkpoint  had  a  successful  first  full  year 
with increased profitability; Avery rebounded from a slow first half to post results in local currencies in line with 2016, while our 
Container business flawlessly completed the daunting consolidation of its North American operations. The Innovia acquisition, 
announced late 2016 and closed at the end of February 2017, had a decidedly mixed start. Innovia Security (now CCL Secure, 
part of the CCL Segment) performed well as expected, but Innovia Films had a challenging 2017 as polypropylene resin price 
increases significantly impacted profitability. Reported sales increased 19.6% and adjusted basic earnings per share* (“adjusted 
EPS”) improved 18% from $2.28 in 2016 to $2.69 in 2017. Foreign currency translation and transaction impacts were modestly 
negative  due  to  the  lower  U.S.  dollar,  offset  partly  by  the  stronger  euro.  Restructuring  charges  and  other  expenses  were  
$27 million in 2017, offset by a $16 million favourable settlement of a large legal claim, compared to $35 million in 2016. Actions 
were focused on improving the performance of Innovia and Checkpoint. Free cash flow from operations* was another highlight 
reaching $438 million, and return on equity* improved slightly to 24%. 

Global Economy

The world remained volatile in 2017, with tensions in North Korea, terror incidents, civil wars and the rise of populism in both 
Europe  and  the  United  States.  However,  179  of  192  economies  in  the  International  Monetary  Fund’s  (“IMF”)  World  Economic 
Outlook posted growth; while IMF forecasts for 2018 would have the fewest countries in recession ever reported. If the recovery 
in the United States lasts the decade through mid-2019, which looks a distinct possibility, it will have been the longest period of  
expansion since 1945. In this context, we regard the Company’s overall 2.1% organic sales growth as a solid “par” given many  
of our businesses exceeded this rate by a distance while some fell short. 

CCL Segment

Sales reached $2.8 billion while operating as CCL Label for Home & Personal Care, Healthcare & Specialty and Food & Beverage 
consumer packaging markets; CCL Design for high performance, durable products for Automotive & Electronics OEMs; and CCL 
Secure  for  anti-counterfeit,  graphic  technologies  for  government  institutions  and  companies  interested  in  brand  protection.  
CCL outperformed again in 2017 with 6.2% organic sales growth on top of 7.1% in 2016 on modest progress in North America, solid 

2017 Annual Report

1

2 0 1 7   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

in Latin America, strong in Europe and robust in Asia driven by exceptional results in China. Our joint ventures in the Middle East 
and Russia had record years. Healthcare & Specialty results were flat but the rest of our legacy global business lines delivered 
significant improvement on market share gains, while CCL Secure met expectations and augmented mix. Excluding the impact 
of  currency  translation,  worldwide  sales  increased  14.5%,  and  operating  income*  improved  19.0%  compared  to  2016.  EBITDA* 
margins improved 100 basis points to 22.2%.

Home & Personal Care operations delivered high-single-digit organic growth globally on share gains in both labels and tubes. 
Growth  in  China  exceeded  expectations  as  consumer  sentiment  recovered  and  many  customers  reported  double-digit  sales 
growth.  Other  Emerging  Markets  were  mixed,  with  Mexico  and  the  Middle  East  strong,  Brazil  still  soft  but  showing  signs  of 
recovery and ASEAN countries only modestly up. Growth was ahead of the market in both the United States and Europe despite 
difficult conditions for customers and profitability improved significantly on both mix and sales gains. Results included start-up 
costs for a new plant in Columbus, Ohio, which moved into profitability in the fourth quarter.

Healthcare & Specialty sales increased low single-digit on acquisitions but profitability for the year was flat. Tough conditions 
in a highly consolidated Agricultural Chemical industry and market challenges in Healthcare, especially for generic drugs, drove 
heightened cost conscious decision making at many customers. North American results declined while Europe improved largely 
on  contributions  from  acquisitions  and  restructuring  actions  at  our  plants  in  Denmark.  Emerging  Markets’  profits  were  held  
in-check by a plant consolidation in Brazil and ongoing, albeit reduced, losses in Australia.

Food  &  Beverage  again  delivered  outstanding  results  in  2017  on  double-digit  organic  sales  growth  with  significant  profit 
improvement. All product lines and geographic regions progressed but Wine & Spirits excelled, especially in the Americas, only 
results  in  Germany  disappointed.  Strong  growth  continued  globally  for  both  Sleeves  and  Pressure  Sensitive  Labels  using  our 
proprietary coating technology for “wash off” labels on glass and PET bottles. The Closure Label business also had a solid year 
despite  pricing  pressures.  Investments  in  the  sector  overall  were  significant  as  we  completed  a  new  plant  in  Switzerland  and 
added capacity around the world in all business lines supporting customers accelerating strategies to premiumize brands.

CCL  Design  solidified  its  position  as  an  equally  important  fourth  leg  of  the  CCL  stool  in  2017.  North  America  posted  solid 
performance,  despite  signs  of  plateauing  automotive  demand  in  the  NAFTA  region.  In  Mexico,  we  completed  construction  of  
two new plants, one in Guanajuato for Automotive and a second in Guadalajara for Electronics. In Europe, German automotive 
OEMs continued to post strong but moderating growth in global markets, and our label and metal tread plate businesses both 
delivered good results on the back of that. Electronics growth was exceptional in strong end-markets on new device launches 
with sales up in the teens, driving significant profit growth despite foreign exchange challenges as all customers in this space 
transact  in  a  weaker  U.S.  dollar.  Results  in  the  mature  alkaline  battery  market  declined.  Operating  margins  overall  improved 
meaningfully but remain below Segment average.

CCL Secure the combination of the former Innovia Security operations and the 2015 Banknote Corporation of America acquisition 
had a good year improving overall operating margins for the Segment. We were particularly proud to be involved in the production 
of the commemorative $10 note, celebrating the 150th anniversary of Canada’s founding as a nation, which we feature on the 
inside back cover of our report. Polymer banknotes continue to attract interest from Central Banks around the world as a lower 
total cost, more secure and environmentally friendlier alternative to traditional paper currency.

Avery

2017 profits before the impact of foreign exchange rate translation were flat. Hypercompetition between office supply superstores, 
mass market retail chains and e-commerce marketers on top of secular declines in traditional office supply products resulted in 
a mid-single-digit organic sales decline in North America. Europe posted modest organic growth with a greater proportion of 
sales in the core Printable Media product lines and less distribution channel turmoil, especially in Germany. Underlying European 
profitability  improvement  was  augmented  by  contributions  from  two  acquisitions  that  exceeded  expectations.  Results  in  Asia 
Pacific and Latin America both declined. New products, smart direct-to-consumer acquisitions, pricing, improved mix, and cost-
reduction actions helped sustain results globally with $165 million in operating income* on sales of $753 million, an improved 
margin of 21.8%. Avery continues to deliver the highest return on capital and free cash flow from operations* as a percentage of 
sales in the Company.

2

2017 Annual Report

Checkpoint

Checkpoint completed its first full year under CCL Industries ownership with sales of $675 million and $87 million operating income*, 
meeting our initial financial return expectations on an acquisition purchase price of $532 million. 17.2% EBITDA* margins improved 
significantly  compared  to  pre-acquisition  levels  and  cash  flow  was  strong.  Spending  on  the  $40  million  restructuring  program 
announced at acquisition in May 2016 reached $36 million at the end of 2017 and will conclude in the first half of 2018 at or below 
the planned level. The hardware, software, hard tag and label product lines that collectively make up the Merchandise Availability 
Systems business had a strong year on cost savings, improved execution, innovations and new customer wins. Apparel Labeling 
Systems sales met expectations as we continue to invest in radio-frequency identification adoption in apparel, especially in Europe, 
but modest overall profitability leaves considerable scope to improve results on cost savings and better operational execution. 
Overall, we remain excited about the possibilities for smart label and tagging solutions in the retail and apparel supply chain.

Innovia

This new Segment combines acquired Innovia Films operations with two small legacy film extrusion plants previously reported in 
the CCL Segment. Results for the 10 months of 2017 at the acquired business disappointed. Overall sales reached $308 million 
with a 15.9% EBITDA* margin. Profitability was impacted by a 30% rise in raw materials cost that we could not pass along fast 
enough to customers with a profit impact of approximately $30 million. The situation escalated as 2017 unfolded and continues 
in the early part of 2018, although forecasts for the second half of the year recently improved. Historically this business benefited 
during periods of declining resin prices and struggled in rising markets, suggesting the need to more closely align movement in 
raw materials cost with pricing. This aside, the acquisition integration has gone smoothly and we remain excited by the possibilities 
of our materials science position for our future development.

Container Segment

Late in 2016, an important Home Care customer switched a large aerosol brand to a new PET-based system prompting the final 
decision to exit our long-held Canadian operation, initially announced in 2013. The consolidation process, including expansions 
to our U.S. and Mexican operations, was executed flawlessly. The business delivered record cash flow, aided by the conversion 
of our Canadian assets into cash, despite the new investments. After a transitionary first quarter, results progressively gained 
traction closing 2017 with sales of $196 million and an improved 13.3% return on sales* despite the negative impacts of rising 
aluminum cost and a weaker U.S. dollar. We expect to return to growth in 2018. Our joint venture with Rheinfelden for aluminum 
slug manufacturing in North Carolina continued to struggle. The plant had a small fire in early 2018; as a result, production will 
be halted for a couple of quarters while repairs are undertaken and the investment programme completed. Profitability isn’t now 
expected until 2019. We continue to believe our own slug making facility is strategically important for the future of CCL Container.

Delivering to Shareholders

At the Annual General Meeting in May 2017, shareholders approved a 5-for-1 share split of the Class B non-voting and Class A  
voting  shares  of  CCL  Industries,  and  last  summer  the  Company  was  named  a  member  of  the  Toronto  Stock  Exchange  
TSX 60 Index. Subsequent to these two events, our Class B shares reached an all-time high of $71.32, driving the Company’s 
market capitalization over $10 billion for the first time. Despite another major acquisition, the Company’s leverage ratio* ended 
2017 comfortably inside investment grade territory at 1.85 times. Priorities for 2018 include improving the performance of Innovia, 
sustaining organic growth in the core business, adding bolt-on transactions that meet our disciplined valuation metrics while 
paying down debt to build capacity for the future. Working capital results remain an area of laser-like focus, especially at recent 
acquisitions.  Net  of  disposals,  we  invested  $273  million  in  plant  and  equipment  to  improve  productivity,  expand  capabilities 
and  add  to  geographic  reach,  compared  to  $259  million  in  depreciation  and  amortization  expense.  Capital  expenditures  of  
$325 million are planned for 2018, compared to an expected $283 million depreciation and amortization expense. While accretive 
acquisitions  have  always  been  our  priority,  the  annualized  dividend  more  than  doubled  over  the  decade  to  2013,  and  more 
than doubled again by 2017. The Board approved a further 13% increase to an annualized $0.52 per Class B share, with the first-
quarter dividend payable in March 2018. With 97% of sales outside Canada, CCL continues to provide domestic shareholders with 
considerable geographic risk diversification.

2017 Annual Report

3

2 0 1 7   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Global Leadership, Governance and Sustainability

With 167 manufacturing facilities in 39 countries around the world, CCL’s leaders must be global citizens. Deep industry experience 
is another mandate for any key operating leadership role while cultural understanding and entrepreneurial sense are necessary 
attributes to win in regionally diverse markets. Our team is energized by a younger generation but tempered by the experience 
of  industry  veterans,  some  with  more  than  40  years’  tenure.  “Think  global  and  act  local”  with  authority  and  accountability 
decentralized to the front line remains our creed. Acquisitions and joint ventures bring perspectives from new people with like 
minds,  sometimes  in  the  frontier  geographies  of  the  world.  The  small  corporate  team  focuses  on  support  of  our  businesses 
and strives to be technically excellent, agile and minimalist while recognizing their responsibilities to the broader stakeholder 
community. 

In  2017,  we  sadly  said  farewell  to  Paul  Block,  our  longest  serving  independent  Director,  who  retired  this  past  December  after  
20 years on our Board. An avid globetrotter, Paul will be remembered for his many visits to our operations to mentor and get to 
know our senior people. All of us will miss his human touch, enthusiasm and humour as well as his insightful views on our business 
and the markets we serve. Our Board of Directors continues to provide strong corporate governance, acting in the interests of all 
shareholders, while delivering broad-based counsel to management.

CCL Industries is deeply committed to help customers meet their sustainability targets while reducing the planetary impact of 
our own manufacturing processes, materials and products. Facilities are built to the latest standards to conserve energy using 
sustainable materials. Many operations are accredited with ISO 14001 and 16001 environmental certifications. Our plants replace 
wooden pallets and corrugated boxes with multi-trip returnable systems in collaborative logistic partnerships with suppliers and 
customers. CCL Label offers products based on Forest Stewardship Council certified papers while CCL Design uses low-energy 
LED lighting systems engineered into our tread plate products. In Food & Beverage markets, clear film pressure sensitive, wash off 
labels facilitate multi-trip use of glass bottles and enable closed-loop use of PET bottles with easy label removal in reprocessing 
systems. Release liner recycling and down-gauged films for pressure sensitive labels matched to bottle substrate improve the 
sustainability of one of our core technologies. We believe we are the only supplier of extruded tubes in the United States made 
with  post-consumer  polyethylene  resins,  and  CCL  Container  has  a  zero  waste  manufacturing  process  for  aluminum  aerosols. 
Checkpoint’s  hard  tag  recycling  programmes  save  cost  and  reduce  waste  for  apparel  retailers,  while  CCL  Secure’s  polymer 
banknotes reduce the frequency of replacing currency in circulation with a cleaner solution that can eventually be reprocessed 
in secondary recycling applications. CCL Industries remains deeply committed to preserving the environment, filing letters of 
support for key global customers to push governments to join the 2015 landmark Paris climate accord.

2018 Outlook

We enter 2018 with the global economy in its best condition for a decade. If the world has normalized after the Great Recession 
then this suggests higher interest rates are to come along with the return of inflation. While this remains muted at the consumer 
level, managing rising raw materials cost is likely our biggest risk in 2018. However, demand levels overall remain good and the 
start to the year has been quite strong. Currency volatility is on our watchlist but greater geographic diversity, particularly the 
balance between our U.S. and European earnings, should help to offset some of the concerns around the lower U.S. dollar. 

We close, as always, recognizing our other stakeholders, customers and suppliers that partner with us in our endeavours and 
20,000 employees around the world who never cease to amaze us with their dedication, ingenuity, entrepreneurial spirit and 
focus on results. The past year also demonstrated our ability to show compassion as Puerto Rico was devastated by Hurricane 
Maria and CCL Label’s plant on the island serving the pharmaceutical industry was affected. Key leaders immediately chartered 
two cargo planes from the United States full of supplies and small generators for employees and their families. The plant survived 
the hurricane, and with its large generator, became a community centre for several weeks before production restarted. Appeals 
were  launched  at  our  businesses  around  the  world  collecting  money  for  those  affected  and  all  employees  received  full  pay 
throughout the lengthy disruption period. Events like this speak to who we are as people and as a Company.

Donald G. Lang  

Executive Chairman 

Geoffrey T. Martin 
President and Chief Executive Officer

* Non-IFRS measures; see Section 5A of CCL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for more detail.

4

2017 Annual Report

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and ratio data)

Sales 

EBITDA 

% of sales 

Restructuring and other items – net loss 

Net earnings  

% of sales  

Basic earnings per Class B share
Net earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
Dividends  

As at December 31

Total assets 
Net debt* 
Total equity 
Net debt to EBITDA* 
Return on equity (before other expenses)*   
Number of employees  

* 

 A non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
 $ 

$ 

$ 

 $ 

 $ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
 $ 

 $ 
$ 
$ 

2017  

4,755.7  

959.2 

20.2% 

11.3 

474.1 

10.0% 

2.70 
2.66 
2.69 
0.46 

6,144.0 
1,773.9  
2,157.9  
1.85 
24.0% 

20,000 

2016 

3,974.7 

792.7 

19.9% 

34.6 

346.3 

8.7% 

1.98 
1.95 
2.28 
0.40 

4,678.8 
1,016.2 
1,775.2 
1.28 
23.5% 

19,000 

% 

19.6%

21.0% 

36.9% 

36.4%
36.4%
18.0%
15.0%

31.3%
74.6% 
21.6%

5.3%

2017 Annual Report

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of CCL Industries 
Inc. (“the Company”) relates to the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. In preparing this MD&A, the Company has 
taken  into  account  information  available  until  February  22,  2018,  unless  otherwise  noted.  This  MD&A  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the Company’s December 31, 2017, year-end consolidated financial statements, which form part of the CCL 
Industries Inc. 2017 Annual Report dated February 22, 2018. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and, unless otherwise noted, both the financial statements and this MD&A 
are expressed in Canadian dollars as the reporting currency. The major measurement currencies of the Company’s operations 
are the Canadian dollar, U.S. dollar, euro, Argentine peso, Australian dollar, Bangladeshi taka, Brazilian real, Chilean peso, 
Chinese renminbi, Danish krone, Hungarian forint, Indian rupee, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, Philippine 
peso, Polish zloty, Russian ruble, Singaporean dollar, South African rand, South Korean won, Swiss franc, Thai baht, Turkish 
lira, U.K. pound sterling and Vietnamese dong. All per Class B non-voting share (“Class B share”) amounts in this document 
are expressed on an undiluted basis, unless otherwise indicated. The Company’s Audit Committee and its Board of Directors 
(the “Board”) have reviewed this MD&A to ensure consistency with the approved strategy and results of the business.

I N D E X

  7  1. Corporate Overview
  7  A) The Company

  8  B) Customers and Markets

  8  C) Strategy and Financial Targets

  11  D) Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

  12  E) Consolidated Annual Financial Results

  14  F) Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

  17  2. Business Segment Review
  17  A) General

 20  B) CCL Segment

 22  C) Avery Segment

 23  D) Checkpoint Segment

 24  E) Innovia Segment

 24  F) Container Segment

 26  G) Joint Ventures

 26  3. Financing and Risk Management
 26  A) Liquidity and Capital Resources

 27  B) Cash Flow 

 28  C)  Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and  

Other Hedges

 28  D) Equity and Dividends

 29  E) Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

 30   F) Controls and Procedures

  30 4. Risks and Uncertainties

 38  5. Accounting Policies and Non-IFRS Measures
 38  A) Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

 43  B) Accounting Policies and New Standards

 44  C) Critical Accounting Estimates

 44  D) Related Party Transactions

 45  6. Outlook

6

2017 Annual Report

Subsequent  to  the  acquisition  of  the  Innovia 
Group of Companies (“Innovia”) on February 28,  
2017,  the  Company  modified  its  Segment 
reporting  disclosure.  The  Label  Segment,  or 
CCL  Label,  was  renamed  the  CCL  Segment  or 
CCL, and now includes the results of the former 
Innovia  Security  (now  CCL  Secure)  operations. 
The  new  Innovia  Segment  includes  the  results 
of the former Innovia Films operations as well as 
legacy film businesses previously included in the 
CCL Segment.

On June 5, 2017, the Company effected a 5:1 stock 
split on its Class A and Class B common shares. 
Unless otherwise noted, impacted amounts and 
share  information  included  in  the  MD&A  have 
been retroactively adjusted for the stock split as 
if such stock split occurred on the first day of the 
first  period  presented.  Certain  amounts  in  the 
notes to the financial statements may be slightly 
different than previously reported due to rounding 
of fractional shares as a result of the stock split.

F O R WA R D - L O O K I N G   I N F O R M AT I O N

This MD&A contains forward-looking information 
and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined 
under  applicable  securities  laws,  (hereinafter 
collectively  referred  to  as  “forward-looking 
statements”) that involve a number of risks and 
uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include 
all  statements  that  are  predictive  in  nature  or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-
looking statements are typically identified by, but 
not  limited  to,  the  words  “believes,”  “expects,” 
“anticipates,”  “estimates,”  “intends,”  “plans” 
or  similar  expressions.  Statements  regarding 
the  operations,  business,  financial  condition, 
priorities,  ongoing  objectives,  strategies  and 
outlook of the Company, other than statements 
of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. 
Specifically, this MD&A contains forward-looking 
statements  regarding  the  anticipated  growth  in 
sales, income and profitability of the Company’s 
segments; the Company’s improvement in market 
share;  the  Company’s  capital  spending  levels 
and  planned  capital  expenditures  in  2018;  the 

 
adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s targeted return on equity, earnings per share, EBITDA growth 
rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business strategy; and the Company’s 
expectations regarding general business and economic conditions.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties 
relating to future events and conditions including, but not limited to, the impact of competition; consumer confidence and 
spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit 
availability; technological change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; 
and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements as 
the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited 
to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; improved customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s 
ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused 
strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate 
acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability 
to pass on aluminum cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency exchange 
rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one 
or more risks materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those 
expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report and 
particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring 
or other special items announced or occurring after the statements are made may have on the business. Such statements do 
not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, 
acquisitions, other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after 
forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-recurring and other special items 
can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them and therefore cannot be described in a meaningful way 
in advance of knowing specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this MD&A and the Company does not assume any obligation 
to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc., its subsidiary companies 
and equity accounted investments. 

Additional information relating to the Company, including the Company’s Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR at 
www.sedar.com or on the Company’s website www.cclind.com.

1 .   C O R P O R AT E   OV E RV I E W

A)  The Company

CCL Industries Inc. is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers in 
the consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded 
and laminated plastic tubes, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated and die cut components, electronic displays, 
polymer banknote substrate and other complementary products and services are sold in parallel to specific end-use markets. 
Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital 
printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary products sold through distributors and mass-market retailers. 
Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including radio-frequency (“RF”) and radio-frequency identification (“RFID”) based, to the retail and apparel industry. Innovia 
manufactures films sold to customers in the pressure sensitive label materials, consumer packaged goods and security 
products industries globally. Container is a leading producer of impact-extruded aluminum aerosol cans and bottles for 
consumer  packaged  goods  customers  in  the  United  States  and  Mexico.  The  Company  has  partly  backward  integrated 
into materials science with capabilities in polymer extrusion, adhesive development and coating, surface engineering and 
metallurgy that are deployed across all five business Segments.

Founded in 1951, the Company has been publicly listed under its current name since 1980. The Company’s corporate offices 
are located in Toronto, Canada, and Framingham, Massachusetts, United States. The corporate offices provide executive 
and centralized services such as finance, accounting, internal audit, treasury, risk management, legal, tax, human resources, 
information technology, environmental, health and safety and oversight of operations. The Company employs approximately 

2017 Annual Report

7

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

20,000 people in 167 production facilities located in North America, Latin America, Europe, Australia and Asia including equity 
investments in Russia operating five facilities, the Middle East operating five facilities, and two in the United States operating 
an in-mould label facility and an aluminum slug facility supporting the Container Segment. The Company also has a label and 
tube license holder operating two plants in Indonesia.

B)  Customers and Markets

The state of the global economy and geopolitical events can affect consumer demand and customers’ marketing and sales 
strategies to promote growth, including the introduction of new products. These factors directly influence the demand 
for the Company’s products. Growth expectations generally mirror the trends of each of the markets and product lines 
in which the Company’s customers compete and the growth of the economy in each geographic region. The Company 
attempts to gain market share in each market and category over time.

The label market is large and highly fragmented with many players but with no single competitor having the substantial 
operating breadth or global reach of CCL. Avery has a dominant market-leading position for its products in North America, 
Europe and Australia. It also has a small developing presence in Latin America. Checkpoint has significant market positions 
in Europe, North America and Asia. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers and apparel manufacturers and competes with 
other global retail labeling companies. Innovia operates plants in Europe and Australia with distribution in the United States, 
Asia and Latin America selling films to pressure sensitive label materials producers and converters, consumer packaged 
goods companies and the security products industry.

Container operates only in the NAFTA region; there are two direct competitors in the business in the United States and 
one in Mexico.

C)  Strategy and Financial Targets

The Company’s strategy is to increase shareholder value through investment in organic growth and product innovations 
around  the  world,  augmented  by  a  global  acquisition  strategy.  The  Company  builds  on  the  strength  of  its  people  in 
marketing, manufacturing and product development and nurtures strong relationships with its international, national and 
regional customers and suppliers. The Company anticipates increasing its market share in most product categories by 
capitalizing on market insights and the growth of its customers, and by following developments such as globalization, new 
product innovation, branding and consumer trends.

A key attribute of this strategy is maintaining focus and discipline. The Company aspires to be the market leader and the 
highest value-added producer in each customer sector and region in which it chooses to compete. The primary objective 
is  to  invest  in  the  growth  of  CCL  globally  both  organically  and  by  acquisition.  Avery  has  similar  objectives  aligned  to 
applications in labels and specialty converted media that enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes. 

Checkpoint Systems, Inc. (“Checkpoint”), acquired in May of 2016, added a significant new Segment to the Company. 
Checkpoint is an adjacency to the Company’s core CCL Segment with principal applications in technology-driven loss-
prevention,  inventory-management  and  labeling  solutions  to  the  retail  and  apparel  labeling  industries.  With  the  post-
acquisition  restructuring  program  largely  complete,  yielding  approximately  $40  million  in  annualized  synergies,  focus 
now turns to the qualitative development of its smart labeling and tagging solutions portfolio and geographic reach of 
the Segment.

On  February  28,  2017  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  the  Innovia  Group  of  Companies  (“Innovia”)  for 
approximately $1.15 billion.  Innovia,  another  adjacency to the CCL Segment, is a leading global producer of specialty, 
high-performance,  multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene (“BOPP”) films for label, packaging 
and security applications. Innovia adds significant depth and capability to develop proprietary films for label applications. 
The Innovia Films production facilities along with two small legacy film manufacturing facilities transferred from the CCL 
Segment now form the new Innovia Segment. Innovia also supplies base film for CCL Secure’s high-security, specialized 
polymer banknote operations in the U.K., Australia and Mexico. CCL Secure has become the fifth global operating business 
within the CCL Segment.

Container  completed  the  consolidation  of  its  operations  from  four  plants  to  three  in  2017  and  expects  to  improve  its 
financial performance going forward. The Rheinfelden joint venture had a small fire at its operations in early 2018 and will 
recommence production in the second half of the year. Profitability is now not expected until 2019. Slug supply remains 
a strategic imperative for Container. 

8

2017 Annual Report

The Company’s financial strategy is to be fiscally prudent and conservative. 2017’s financial results delivered strong cash 
flow and an improved balance sheet. During good and difficult economic times, the Company has maintained high levels of 
cash on hand and unused lines of credit to reduce its financial risk and to provide flexibility when acquisition opportunities 
are available. As at December 31, 2017, the Company had $557.5 million of cash with US$397.7 million of undrawn capacity 
on the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility.

The Company maintains a continuous focus on minimizing its investment in working capital in order to maximize cash 
flow in support of the growth in the business. In addition, capital expenditures are approved when they are expected to 
be accretive to earnings and are selectively allocated towards the most attractive growth opportunities. The Company’s 
financial  discipline  and  prudent  allocation  of  capital  have  ensured  sufficient  available  liquidity  and  a  secure  financial 
foundation for the foreseeable future.

A key financial target is return on equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, 
gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments (“ROE,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The Company continues to execute its strategy with a 
goal of achieving a comparable ROE level to its leading peers in specialty packaging. Despite a substantial increase in the 
Company’s equity base from retained earnings over the last five years, ROE increased dramatically compared to 2012 due 
to significant accretive earnings from acquisitions, as well as improved results in its legacy operations. 2017 ROE of 24.0% 
was a record: 

Return on Equity 

2017 

24.0% 

2016 

23.5% 

2015 

21.1% 

2014 

20.1% 

2013 

15.8% 

2012 

11.4%

Another metric used by the  investment  community as a comparative measure is return on total capital before goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition 
accounting  adjustments  (“ROTC,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS  Measures”  in   
Section 5A). The chart below details performance since 2012. The Company targets delivering returns in excess of its cost 
of capital and delivered an improved metric compared to 2012. ROTC of 14.0% for 2017 declined compared to 2016 due to 
the significant increase in net debt attributable to the Innovia acquisition: 

Return on Total Capital 

2017 

14.0% 

2016 

15.9%  

2015 

15.4% 

2014 

14.1% 

2013 

11.9% 

2012 

9.5%

ROTC is expected to improve as the Company deleverages its balance sheet and increases net earnings. 

The long-term growth rate of adjusted basic earnings per Class B share is another important and related financial target. This 
measure excludes goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions 
and  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments  (a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS 
Measures”  in  Section  5A).  Management  believes  that  taking  into  account  both  the  relatively  stable  overall  demand  for 
consumer staple and healthcare products globally and the continuing benefits from the Company’s focused strategies and 
operational approach, a positive growth rate in adjusted basic earnings per share is realistic under reasonable economic 
circumstances.

The Company has achieved significant positive growth in its adjusted basic and basic earnings per share since 2012:

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Adjusted Basic EPS  
  Growth Rate 

Basic EPS Growth Rate 

18% 

36% 

33%  

16%  

32% 

35% 

47% 

108% 

52% 

4% 

13%

15%

In 2017, adjusted basic earnings increased by 18.0% to a record $2.69 per Class B share. Improved earnings from acquired 
businesses  over  the  past  four  years,  in  particular  Checkpoint,  bolt  on  acquisitions  at  CCL  and  results  from  the  Innovia 
transaction, contributed meaningfully to the significant increase in adjusted basic earnings per share. Excluding the impact 
of currency translation, adjusted basic earnings per share increased 20.1%. The Company believes continuing growth in 
earnings per share is achievable in the future as the European economy stabilizes, as operating efficiencies are solidified for 
the Checkpoint and Container Segments post-restructuring, as price increases are implemented to recover cost inflation and 
as the Company executes its global business strategies for the CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments. 

2017 Annual Report

9

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

The Company will continue to focus on generating cash and effectively utilizing the cash flow generated by operations and 
divestitures. Earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill impairment loss, 
earnings  in  equity  accounted  investments,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments,  restructuring  and  other  items 
(“EBITDA,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A), is considered a 
good indicator of cash flow and is used by many financial institutions and investment advisors to measure operating results 
and for business valuations. As a key indicator of cash flow, EBITDA demonstrates the Company’s ability to incur or service 
existing debt, to invest in capital additions and to take advantage of organic growth opportunities and acquisitions that are 
accretive to earnings per share. Historically, the Company has experienced positive growth in EBITDA:

EBITDA 

% of sales 

2017 

2016 

$ 

959.2 

$ 

792.7  

$ 

20% 

20% 

2015 

608.4 

20% 

$ 

2014 

481.6 

19% 

2013 

$ 

355.6 

$ 

19% 

2012 

254.6

19%

In 2017, EBITDA increased by approximately 22.6%, excluding the negative impact of foreign currency translation, maintaining 
a solid 20% of sales. The Company’s EBITDA margins remain at the top end of the range of its peers. The Company expects 
positive growth in EBITDA in the future as global growth initiatives are implemented.

The framework supporting the above performance indicators is an appropriate level of financial leverage. Based on the 
dynamics within the specialty packaging industry and the risks that higher leverage may bring, the Company has a comfort 
level up to a target of approximately 3.5 times net debt to EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and 
Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) with an appropriate deleveraging and liquidity profile to maintain its investment-grade 
ratings with Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. As at December 31, 2017, net debt to EBITDA was 1.85 times, higher than the  
1.28  times  at  December  31,  2016,  but  reflecting  significant  deleveraging  since  the  $1.15  billion  Innovia  acquisition  on   
February  28,  2017.  This  leverage  level  is  consistent  with  management’s  conservative  approach  to  financial  risk  and  the 
Company’s ability to generate strong levels of free cash flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance 
Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). This leverage level also allows the Company the flexibility to quickly 
execute its acquisition growth strategy without significantly exposing its credit quality. 

The Board does not have a target dividend payout ratio (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS 
Measures” in Section 5A). However, the Company has paid dividends quarterly for over thirty years without an omission or 
reduction and has more than doubled the annualized rate since March 2014. The Board views this consistency and dividend 
growth as important factors in enhancing shareholder value. For 2017, the dividend payout ratio was 17% of adjusted earnings. 
This dividend payout ratio reflects the strong net earnings generated by newly acquired businesses in 2017 and 2016, including 
benefits from the Tax Cuts & Jobs Act (“TCJA”) as well as improved results for the legacy operations of the Company. After 
careful review of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2018, the Board has declared a 13.0% increase 
in the annual dividend: an increase of $0.015 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.115 to $0.13 per Class B share per quarter 
($0.52 per Class B share annualized).

The Company believes that all of the above targets are mutually compatible and consequently should drive meaningful 
shareholder value over time.

The Company’s strategy and its ability to grow and achieve attractive returns for its shareholders are shaped by key internal 
and external factors that are common to the businesses it operates. The key performance driver is the Company’s continuous 
focus on customer satisfaction, supported by its reputation for quality manufacturing, competitive price, product innovation, 
dependability, ethical business practices and financial stability.

10 2017 Annual Report

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

The Company is globally deployed with significant diversification across the world economy including emerging markets, a 
broad customer base, distinct product lines and many different currencies. 

The Company continues to deploy its cash flow from operations into its core Segments with both internal capital investments 
and strategic acquisitions. The following acquisitions were completed over the last two years:

•	 	In	February	2017,	Innovia,	headquartered	in	Wigton,	U.K.,	for	approximately	$1.15	billion,	debt	free	and	net	of	cash	acquired	
from a consortium of U.K.-based private equity investors. Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty high-performance, 
multi-layer, surface engineered BOPP films for label, packaging and security applications. The business has film extrusion, 
coating and metallizing facilities across the U.K., Belgium and Australia, which now form the basis of the Company’s new 
Innovia Segment. In the U.K., Australia and Mexico, the business has high-security, specialized polymer banknote operations 
that have been added to CCL Secure within the CCL Segment. 

•	 	In	April	2017,	Goed	Gemerkt	B.V.	and	Goed	Gewerkt	B.V.	(“GGW”),	privately	owned	companies	with	common	shareholders,	
based near Utrecht in the Netherlands for approximately $23.0 million. GGW is a manufacturer of durable, personalized 
“kids’ labels” for the Benelux and German markets, expanding Avery’s printable media platform.

•	 	In	April	2017,	badgepoint	GmbH,	badgetech	GmbH	and	Name	Tag	Systems	Inc.	(“Badgepoint”),	privately	owned	companies	
with common shareholders, based near Hamburg, Germany, for approximately $5.6 million. Badgepoint expanded Avery’s 
printable media offering with patented, premium name tag systems and accessories for the German market. 

•	 	In	 October	 2017,	 acquired	 the	 final	 37.5%	 stake	 in	 the	 Acrus-CCL	 wine	 label	 joint	 venture	 in	 Chile	 from	 its	 partner	 for	 
$6.3 million. As a result of the change in control, 2017 financial results are no longer included in equity investments but 
fully consolidated with CCL’s Food & Beverage business, without a portion of the earnings attributable to a non-controlling 
interest since October 2017. 

•	 	In	January	2016,	Woelco	AG	(“Woelco”),	a	privately	owned	company	in	Stuttgart,	Germany,	with	subsidiaries	in	China	and	
the United States, for approximately $21.7 million. Woelco has integrated into CCL Design and has expanded its depth in 
the industrial and automotive durable goods markets.

•	 	In	January	2016,	Label	Art	Ltd.	and	Label	Art	Digital	Ltd.	(collectively	“LAL”),	privately	owned	companies	with	common	
shareholders, based in Dublin, Ireland, for approximately $13.6 million. LAL expands CCL’s Healthcare & Specialty business 
in Ireland and the U.K.

•	 	In	January	2016,	the	Company	invested	$6.0	million	in	cash	to	increase	its	stake	from	50%	to	75%	in	its	tube	manufacturing	
joint venture in Bangkok, Thailand, with Taisei Kako Co. Ltd. of Japan. Finally, in August 2016, the Company acquired the 
final 25% stake in the venture from its partner for $1.9 million. From the date of the change in control, financial results are no 
longer included in equity investments but fully consolidated with CCL’s Home & Personal Care business, without a portion 
of the earnings attributable to a non-controlling interest. 

•	 	In	February	2016,	Zephyr	Company	Limited	of	Singapore,	and	its	Malaysian	subsidiaries	in	Penang	and	Johor	(collectively	
“Zephyr”),	privately	owned	companies	with	multiple	shareholders,	for	approximately	$40.9	million.	Zephyr	expands	CCL	
Design’s presence within the electronics industry to the ASEAN region.

•	 	In	March	2016,	Powerpress	Rotulo	&	Etiquetas	Adesivas	LTDA	(“Powerpress”),	a	privately	owned	company	based	in	Sao	
Paolo, Brazil, for approximately $11.4 million. Powerpress enhances CCL’s product offering in the Healthcare & Specialty 
business in South America. 

•	 	In	 May	 2016,	 the	 Company	 acquired	 all	 the	 outstanding	 shares	 of	 Checkpoint	 (NYSE:CKP)	 at	 an	 enterprise	 value	 of	  
$531.9 million. Checkpoint is a leading global manufacturer and provider of hardware and software systems plus security 
labels and tags, providing inventory control and loss-prevention solutions to world leading retailers. 

•	 	In	July	2016,	Eukerdruck	GmbH	&	Co.	KG	and	Pharma	Druck	Cdm	GmbH	(collectively	“Euker”),	privately	held	companies	
with common shareholders, and the associated facilities in Marburg and Dresden, Germany. Euker is a leading supplier of 
folded leaflets, specialty booklets and pressure sensitive labels to pharmaceutical companies in German-speaking Europe. 
The purchase price consideration, including debt assumed, was approximately $30.0 million.

•	 	In	August	2016,	Labelone	Ltd.	(“Label1”),	a	privately	owned	company	based	in	Belfast,	Northern	Ireland,	for	approximately	
$17.5 million including assumed debt. Label1 expands CCL’s product offering in the Healthcare & Specialty business to 
Northern Ireland.

The acquisitions completed over the past few years, in conjunction with the building of new plants around the world, have 
positioned the CCL Segment as the global leader for labels in the personal care, healthcare, food and beverage, durables, 
security and specialty categories. Furthermore, with the addition of Avery, the Company is now the world’s largest supplier 

2017 Annual Report

11

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

of labels, specialty converted media, and software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes 
alongside complementary office products. Checkpoint has added technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management 
and labeling solutions, including RF and RFID-based, to the retail and apparel industry. Innovia provides vertical integration 
driving the Company deeper into polymer sciences, enhancing the development of propriety products for its customers. 

E)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

Selected Financial Information

Results of Consolidated Operations

Sales  
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Earnings in equity accounted investments   
Net finance cost  
Restructuring and other items – net loss  

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 

Dividends per Class B share 

Total assets 

Total non-current liabilities 

Comments on Consolidated Results

2017 

4,755.7 
3,319.4 

1,436.3 
751.5 

684.8 
3.7 
(75.2) 
(11.3) 

602.0 
127.9 

474.1 

2.70 

2.66 

2.69 

0.46 

6,144.0 

2,686.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016

3,974.7
2,806.8

1,167.9
612.8

555.1
4.5
(37.9)
(34.6)

487.1
140.8

346.3

1.98

1.95

2.28

0.40

4,678.8

1,996.6

Sales  were  a  record  $4,755.7  million  in  2017,  an  increase  of  19.6%  compared  to  $3,974.7  million  recorded  in  2016.  This 
improvement in sales can be attributed to acquisition growth of 19.1%, augmented by organic growth of 2.1%, partially offset 
by a negative 1.6% impact from foreign currency translation. 

Consistent with 2016, approximately 97% of the Company’s 2017 sales to end-use customers are denominated in foreign 
currencies. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on sales and profitability when 
translated into Canadian dollars for public reporting. The depreciation of the U.S. dollar, euro, U.K. pound, Mexican peso and 
Chinese renminbi by 2.0%, 0.1%, 6.9%, 3.2% and 3.7%, respectively, was slightly offset by a 6.6% appreciation of the Brazilian 
real, relative to the Canadian dollar in 2017 compared to average exchange rates in 2016. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $751.5 million for 2017, compared to $612.8 million reported in 
2016. The increase in SG&A expenses in 2017 relates primarily to the significant acquisitions made over the last two years. 
Corporate expenses for 2017 were $52.7 million, compared to $48.2 million for 2016. The increase in corporate expenses 
relative to those in 2016 relates predominantly to an increase in equity linked compensation costs.

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) for 2017 
was $737.5 million, an increase of 22.2% compared to $603.3 million for 2016. Excluding the $15.2 million and $33.9 million 
non-cash  accounting  adjustments  to  fair  value  the  acquired  finished  goods  inventories  in  2017  and  2016,  respectively, 
operating income improved 18.1%. Foreign currency translation negatively impacted consolidated operating income by 1.6% 
for 2017 compared to 2016. The CCL and Checkpoint Segments each improved operating income while Avery and Container 
Segments  posted  declines,  compared  to  2016.  The  newly  acquired  Innovia  Segment  generated  operating  income  of   
$21.6 million, excluding its $7.0 million share of the non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to fair value the acquired 
finished goods inventory. Further details on the business segments follow later in this report.

12

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA  (a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS  Measures”  in  Section  5A)  in  2017  was   
$959.2 million, an improvement of 21.0% compared to $792.7 million recorded in 2016. Excluding the impact of currency 
translation, EBITDA increased by 22.6% over the prior year.

Net finance cost was $75.2 million for 2017, compared to $37.9 million for 2016, with the increase in interest costs due to an 
increase in drawn debt needed to fund the Innovia acquisition.

For the full year 2017, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $11.3 million ($11.6 million after tax) as 
follows:

•	 	For	the	CCL	Segment,	$6.5	million	($4.7	million	after	tax),	the	majority	of	which	was	for	severance	related	expenditures	for	

the security business included in the Innovia acquisition.

•	 	For	the	Checkpoint	Segment,	$14.8	million	($11.8	million	after	tax),	which	was	for	severance	and	other	reorganization	costs	
partially offset by the reversal of a $15.6 million ($9.6 million after tax) pre-acquisition legal reserve that was settled in favour 
of the Company.

•	 	For	the	Innovia	Segment,	$5.6	million	($4.7	million	after	tax),	with	$3.0	million	for	severance	related	costs	and	the	balance	

for transaction costs.

•	 	For	the	settlement	of	a	Checkpoint	pre-acquisition	lawsuit	accrual	in	the	amount	of	$15.6	million	($9.6	million	after	tax)	

settled in favour of the Company.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2017 was $0.07 per Class B share.

For the full year 2016, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $34.6 million ($27.8 million after tax) 
as follows:

•	 	For	the	CCL	Segment,	$7.2	million	($6.3	million	after	tax),	the	majority	of	which	was	$4.2	million	for	the	reorganization	of	
the 2015 acquisition of Worldmark Ltd. (“Worldmark”) but also included $3.0 million of acquisition-related costs for the 
seven CCL Segment transactions closed in 2016. 

•	 	For	the	Checkpoint	Segment,	$28.5	million	($21.8	million	after	tax),	of	which	$20.7	million	was	for	severance	and	other	

reorganization costs and the balance, $7.8 million, for acquisition-related expenditures.

•	 	For	the	Avery	Segment,	$2.0	million	($1.2	million	after	tax)	reversal	of	the	reorganization	reserve	as	the	Meridian,	Mississippi,	

facility, that was scheduled to be shut down was repurposed as a distribution centre.

•	 For	the	Innovia	Segment,	initial	acquisition	costs	amounting	to	$0.9	million	($0.9	million	after	tax).

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2016 was $0.15 per Class B share.

In 2017, the consolidated effective tax rate was 21.4%, compared to 29.2% in 2016, excluding earnings in equity accounted 
investments. The combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate was 25.3% for 2017 (2016 – 25.3%). The effective 
tax rate for 2017 was impacted by recording the amendments signed into law in the TCJA. The TCJA was a comprehensive and 
complex tax reform making numerous changes to U.S. tax law but the two most significant items were, (1) a transition tax on 
certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and (2) a reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 
35% to 21% commencing January 1, 2018.

The net impact of the transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries was nil to the Company. However, 
when factoring the corporate rate reduction into the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, the Company’s deferred tax 
liability was reduced by $40.0 million resulting in a corresponding reduction in tax expense. Of this reduction, $15.0 million 
primarily related to book and tax timing differences and other discrete items. However $25.0 million related to indefinite life 
intangibles from recent acquisitions that were recognized for accounting purposes but had no corresponding tax basis and 
were therefore excluded from adjusted basic earnings per share.

Excluding the impact of TCJA the effective tax rate for 2017 would have been 28.1% compared to 29.2% for 2016. This pro-forma 
effective tax rate reflects the impact of the Innovia acquisition increasing the portion of the Company’s taxable income being 
earned in lower-taxed jurisdictions, and other discrete tax reductions. 

The Company’s effective tax rate for the upcoming year is expected to decline by approximately 3%, due to the aforementioned 
TCJA. However, over 97% of the Company’s sales are from products sold to customers outside of Canada, and the income 
from these foreign operations is subject to varying rates of taxation. The Company’s effective tax rate is also affected from 
year to year as a result of the level of income in the various countries, recognition or reversal of tax losses, tax reassessments 
and income and expense items not subject to tax. 

2017 Annual Report

13

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Net earnings for 2017 were $474.1 million, an increase of 36.9% compared to $346.3 million recorded in 2016 due to the items 
described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $2.70 for 2017 versus the $1.98 recorded for 2016. Diluted earnings per Class B share 
were $2.66 for 2017 and $1.95 for 2016. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2017 compared to 2016 had 
an estimated negative impact on the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.04 per Class B share. The diluted 
weighted average number of shares was 178,257,334 for 2017, compared to 177,462,860 for 2016. 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had 11,837,250 Class A voting shares and 164,951,412 Class B non-voting shares issued 
and outstanding. In addition, the Company had outstanding stock options to purchase 3,091,505 Class B non-voting shares 
and had 376,515 deferred share units outstanding to issue 376,515 Class B non-voting shares.

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in 
Section 5A) was $2.69 for 2017, up 18.0% from $2.28 in 2016.

The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2017 versus 2016 had an estimated negative translation impact of $0.04 
on adjusted basic earnings per Class B share. This estimated foreign currency impact reflects the currency translation in all 
foreign operations.

F)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

Unaudited  
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

673.1 
160.8 
149.3 
29.8 
48.5 

1,061.5 

110.3 
28.5 
15.3 
(1.3) 
6.1 

158.9 
13.4 
7.4 
(0.6) 

138.7 
14.6 

      124.1 
 36.2 

87.9 

0.50 

0.49 

0.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

728.9 
209.1 
171.0 
91.6 
52.3 

1,252.9 

113.4 
45.4 
19.5 
4.4 
5.5 

188.2 
14.2 
5.2 
(0.8) 

169.6 
17.9 

151.7 
41.8 

109.9 

0.63 

0.63 

0.68 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

687.2 
212.0 
162.6 
95.6 
49.4 

1,206.8 

94.7 
49.9 
21.7 
11.4 
7.6 

185.3 
12.5 
2.9 
(1.0) 

170.9 
18.9 

152.0 
45.1 

106.9 

0.60 

0.59 

0.61 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

733.9 
171.0 
192.3 
91.2 
46.1 

1,234.5 

126.4 
40.7 
30.9 
0.1 
7.0 

205.1 
12.6 
(4.2) 
(1.3) 

198.0 
23.8 

174.2 
4.8 

169.4 

0.97 

0.95 

0.83 

Year

2,823.1
752.9
675.2
308.2
196.3

4,755.7

444.8
164.5
87.4
14.6
26.2

737.5
52.7
11.3
(3.7)

677.2
75.2

602.0
127.9

474.1

2.70

2.66

2.69

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 
  Container 

Total sales 

Segment operating income (loss) 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 
  Container 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity accounted investments    

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

14 2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Container 

Total sales 

Segment operating income (loss) 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Container 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity accounted investments    

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Fourth Quarter Results

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited  
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

622.3 
179.6 
— 
64.9 

866.8 

103.9 
35.4 
— 
10.6 

149.9 
10.8 
3.0 
(0.8) 

136.9 
7.9 

129.0 
39.3 

89.7 

0.51 

0.51 

0.53 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

604.0 
207.4 
92.6 
56.2 

960.2 

89.3 
50.6 
(4.7) 
7.9 

143.1 
14.1 
18.9 
(1.1) 

111.2 
7.8 

103.4 
31.2 

72.2 

0.42 

0.41 

0.56 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

639.5 
220.2 
175.5 
54.1 

1,089.3 

94.1 
45.3 
5.6 
4.7 

149.7 
12.3 
6.0 
(1.4) 

132.8 
10.0 

122.8 
36.7 

86.1 

0.49 

0.48 

0.60 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

631.8 
180.5 
190.9 
55.2 

1,058.4 

90.7 
35.5 
27.3 
7.1 

160.6 
11.0 
6.7 
(1.2) 

144.1 
12.2 

131.9 
33.6 

98.3 

0.56 

0.55 

0.59 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year

2,497.6
787.7
459.0
230.4

3,974.7

378.0
166.8
28.2
30.3

603.3
48.2
34.6
(4.5)

525.0
37.9

487.1
140.8

346.3

1.98

1.95

2.28

Sales for the fourth quarter of 2017 improved 16.6% to $1,234.5 million, compared to $1,058.4 million recorded in the 2016 
fourth quarter. Excluding currency translation, sales for the fourth quarter of 2017 increased by 18.8% compared to the prior-
year period. This increase was due to 3.9% organic growth and 14.9% impact from acquisitions. The CCL and Checkpoint 
Segments posted sales increases of 17.7% and 4.0%, respectively, excluding the impact of currency translation. Solid organic 
growth rates and the impact of acquisitions in these two Segments offset declines of 2.0% and 13.8% for the Avery and Container 
Segments, respectively. The decline in sales for the Container Segment can be attributed to the previously announced loss 
of a large Homecare application in North America at the end of 2016. The new Innovia Segment added $91.2 million of sales 
for the fourth quarter. 

Operating income in the fourth quarter of 2017 was $205.1 million, an increase of 27.7% from $160.6 million in the fourth 
quarter  of  2016.  For  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2016,  the  CCL,  Avery,  and  Checkpoint 
Segments recorded improvements in operating income of 39.4%, 14.6% and 13.2%, respectively. The improvement in the 
CCL Segment was driven by gains in all geographic regions, augmented by four acquisitions made since the beginning of 
the fourth quarter of 2016. The Avery Segment also posted solid improvement due to improved product mix and acquisitions 
resulting  in  an  up-tick  in  return  on  sales  to  23.8%  (a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS 
Measures” in Section 5A). Checkpoint benefited from strong operational execution with its post-acquisition restructuring 
initiative nearing completion. Operating income for the Container Segment was almost flat to the prior year fourth quarter but 
return on sales improved to 15.2% on efficiency gains resulting from the closure of the Canadian operation. The new Innovia 
Segment generated operating income of $0.1 million due to rising resin costs and higher amortization expense during the 
fourth quarter. Foreign currency translation resulted in a negative impact of 2.5% to consolidated operating income.

EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2017 was $259.0 million, an increase of 26.8% compared to the $204.3 million for the 2016 
comparable period. 

2017 Annual Report

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Corporate expenses were $12.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, compared to $11.0 million recorded in the prior-year 
period. The increase is attributable to an increase in equity linked compensation expenses. 

Net finance cost was $23.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2017 compared to $12.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2016. This 
increase was attributable to an increase in interest costs resulting from increased drawn debt due to the Innovia acquisition 
and interest costs resulting from increased pension liabilities. 

For the fourth quarter of 2017, restructuring costs and other items represented an income inclusion of $4.2 million ($0.7 million 
income after tax) as follows:

•	 	For	the	CCL	Segment,	$3.1	million	($2.2	million	after	tax),	the	majority	of	which	was	for	the	severance	related	expenditures	

for the security business from the Innovia acquisition.

•	 For	the	Checkpoint	Segment,	$8.0	million	($6.6	million	after	tax)	expense	primarily	for	severance	costs.	

•	 For	the	Innovia	acquisition,	transaction	costs	of	$0.3	million	($0.1	million	after	tax).

•	 	For	the	settlement	of	a	Checkpoint	pre-acquisition	lawsuit	accrual	in	the	amount	of	$15.6	million	($9.6	million	after	tax)	in	

favour of the Company.

The positive earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2017 fourth quarter was nominal per Class B share. 

For the fourth quarter of 2016, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $6.7 million ($6.4 million 
expense after tax) as follows:

•	 	For	the	CCL	Segment,	$2.5	million	($2.1	million	after	tax),	the	majority	of	which	was	for	the	Worldmark	acquisition.	

•	 For	the	Checkpoint	Segment,	$5.3	million	($4.6	million	after	tax),	primarily	for	severance	costs.	

•	 	For	the	Avery	Segment,	$2.0	million	($1.2	million	after	tax)	reversal	of	the	reorganization	reserve	as	the	Meridian,	Mississippi	

facility that was scheduled to be shut down was repurposed as a distribution centre. 

•	 For	Innovia,	initial	acquisition	costs	amounting	to	$0.9	million	($0.9	million	after	tax).

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2016 fourth quarter was $0.03 per Class B share. 

Tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017 was $4.8 million compared to $33.6 million in the prior-year period. The decrease 
in tax expense can be attributed to the previously mentioned $40.0 million impact from the TCJA. Excluding the impact of 
the TCJA, the effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2017 was 25.9% and for the corresponding quarter in 2016 was 25.7%. 
Although the 2016 fourth quarter benefited from the recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax assets that reduced 
the effective tax rate, the 2017 fourth quarter earned a higher portion of pretax income in lower tax jurisdictions than for the 
comparative period. 

Net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2017 were $169.4 million, compared to net earnings of $98.3 million in last year’s fourth 
quarter. This increase reflects the items described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $0.97 in the fourth quarter of 2017 compared to $0.56 in the fourth quarter of 2016. 
The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in the fourth quarter of 2017 compared to 2016 had a negative impact on 
the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.01 per Class B share. 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share were $0.83 for the fourth quarter of 2017, an improvement of 40.7% compared to 
$0.59 in the corresponding quarter of 2016.

Summary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results

For the CCL, Innovia and Container Segments, the first and second quarters are generally the strongest due to the number 
of work days and various customer-related activities. Also, there are many products that have a spring-summer bias in North 
America and Europe such as agricultural chemicals and certain beverage products, which generate additional sales volumes 
for the Company in the first half of the year. The polymer banknote business within the CCL Segment, experiences intra-
quarter variations in sales influenced by Central Banks’ re-order disparity. For Avery, the third quarter has historically been 
its strongest, as it benefits from increased demand related to back-to-school activities in North America. For the Checkpoint 
Segment, the second half of the calendar year is healthier as the business substantially follows the retail cycle of its customers, 
which traditionally experiences more consumer activity from September through to the end of the year and prepares for the 
same in its supply chain from mid-year on. The final quarter of the year is negatively affected from a sales perspective in the 
northern hemisphere by Thanksgiving and globally by the Christmas and New Year holiday season shut-downs.

16 2017 Annual Report

Sales and net earnings comparability between the quarters of 2017 and 2016 were primarily affected by regional economic 
variances, the impact of dramatic foreign currency changes relative to the Canadian dollar, the timing of acquisitions, the 
effect of restructuring, the impact of central bank reorder patterns and tax adjustments and other items.

The CCL Segment has generally experienced strong demand in its existing and newly acquired operations in the past few 
years. The Segment increased sales, excluding the impact of currency translation, in all four quarters of 2017, primarily driven 
by organic growth and acquisitions. 

The Avery Segment’s quarterly results mirrored its expected seasonal pattern for 2017, posting robust results for the third 
quarter of the year, reflecting the back-to-school intensity in North America. Since the Avery acquisition in July of 2013, 
management has implemented initiatives that have moderated the magnitude of the third-quarter back-to-school season 
by reducing market share in low-margin ring binder sales. Return on sales for 2017 in the Avery Segment was 21.8%, an 
improvement over the 21.2% posted for 2016. This seasonal pattern should continue in 2018.

Checkpoint’s results for the 2017 year were consistent with the most active months in the annual retail cycle.

The Container Segment’s quarterly results for 2017 were true to its seasonal pattern, with stronger volumes in the first half of 
the year compared to the second half of the year, excluding the impact of the previously announced loss of a large Homecare 
application in North America.

2 .   B U S I N E S S   S E G M E N T   R E V I E W

A)  General

Over the last decade, all divisions invested significant capital and management effort to develop world-class manufacturing 
operations,  with  spending  allocated  to  geographic  expansion,  cost-reduction  projects,  the  development  of  innovative 
products and processes, the maintenance and expansion of existing capacity and the continuous improvement in health 
and safety in the workplace, including environmental management. The Company also makes strategic acquisitions for global 
competitive advantage, servicing large customers, taking advantage of new geographic markets, finding adjacent and new 
product opportunities, adding new customer segments, building infrastructure and improving operating performance. Since 
2009, average annual capital spending has been broadly in line with annual depreciation and amortization expense. The Avery 
and Checkpoint Segments and the CCL Design business within the CCL Segment are less capital intensive as a percentage 
of sales than the Company’s other businesses. Further discussion on capital spending is provided in the “Business Segment 
Review” sections below.

Although  each  Segment  is  a  leader  in  market  share  or  has  a  significant  position  in  the  markets  it  serves  in  each  of  its 
operating locales, it also operates generally in a mature and competitive environment. In recent years, consumer products 
and healthcare companies have experienced steady pressure to maintain or even reduce prices to their major retail and 
distribution channels, which has driven significant consolidation in the Company’s customer base. This has resulted in many 
customers seeking supply-chain efficiencies and cost savings in order to maintain profit margins. Volatile commodity costs 
have also created challenges to manage pricing with customers. These dynamics have been an ongoing challenge for the 
Company and its competitors, requiring greater management and financial control and flexible cost structures. Unlike some 
of its competitors, the Company has the financial strength to invest in the equipment and innovation necessary to constantly 
strive to be the highest value-added producer in the markets that it serves. 

The cost of many of the key raw material inputs for the Company, such as plastic films and resins, paper, specialty chemicals 
and aluminum, are largely dependent on the supply and demand economics within the petrochemical, energy and base 
metals industries. The Checkpoint Segment purchases component parts including circuit boards, memory chips and other 
electronic modules from third parties. The significant cost fluctuations for these inputs can have an impact on the Company’s 
profitability. The Company generally has the ability, due to its size and the use of long-term contracts with both suppliers 
and customers, to mitigate volatility in purchased costs and, where necessary, to pass these on to the market in higher 
product prices. However, both the Innovia and Container Segments can experience delays in price adjustments up or down 
to customers due to the nature of their respective relationships and contracts. The success of the Company is dependent 
on each business managing the cost-and-price equation with suppliers and customers. The Container Segment successfully 
introduced pricing mechanisms in its customer contracts that pass through a 90-day average cost of aluminum as priced 
on the London Metals Exchange (“LME”). Innovia’s pricing mechanisms are much more complex with multiple indices for 
polypropylene used by customers and suppliers, and differing terms in contracts when trigger points are arrived at for price 
changes. In addition, much of Innovia’s manufacturing cost is calculated in euros and pounds with approximately 20% of its 
sales in the United States. Pricing strategy for Innovia will be an important financial performance lever for 2018 and beyond.

2017 Annual Report

17

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

A driver common to all Segments for maximizing operating profitability is the discipline of pricing contracts based on size 
and complexity, including consideration for fluctuations in raw materials and packaging costs, manufacturing run lengths and 
available capacity. This approach facilitates effective asset utilization and relatively higher levels of profitability. Performance is 
generally measured by product against estimates used to calculate pricing, including targets for scrap and output efficiency. 
An analysis of total utilization versus capacity available per production line or facility is also used to manage certain divisions 
of the business. In most of the Company’s operations, the measurement of each sales order shipped is based on actual 
selling prices and production costs to calculate the amount of actual profit margin earned and its return on sales relative to 
the established benchmarks. This process ensures that pricing policies and production performance are aligned in attaining 
profit margin targets by order, by plant and by division.

Management believes it has both the financial and non-financial resources, internal controls and reporting systems and 
processes in place to execute its strategic plan, to manage its key performance drivers and to deliver targeted financial results 
over time. In addition, the Company’s internal audit function provides another discipline to ensure that its disclosure controls 
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will be assessed on a regular basis against current corporate 
standards of effectiveness and compliance.

The Company is not particularly dependent upon specialized manufacturing equipment. Most of the manufacturing equipment 
employed by the divisions can be sourced from multiple suppliers. The Company, however, has the resources to invest in 
large-scale projects to build infrastructure in current and new markets because of its financial strength relative to that of many 
of its competitors. Direct competitors in the CCL Segment are often smaller and may not have the financial resources to stay 
current in maintaining state-of-the-art facilities. Certain new manufacturing lines take many months for suppliers to construct, 
and any delays in delivery and commissioning can have an impact on customer expectations and the Company’s profitability. 
The Innovia Segment, in addition to its unique method for producing BOPP for label and packaging applications, also provides 
the Company with the know-how and material science capability in proprietary non-commodity-oriented activities. Finally, the 
Company also uses strategic partnerships as a method of obtaining exclusive technology in order to support growth plans 
and to expand its product offerings. The Company’s major competitive advantage is based on its strong customer service, 
process technology, the know-how of its people, market-leading brand awareness and loyalty, and the ability to develop 
proprietary technologies and manufacturing techniques. 

The expertise of the Company’s employees is a key element in achieving the Company’s business plans. This know-how is 
broadly distributed throughout the world; therefore, the Company is generally not at risk of losing its competency through 
the loss of any particular employee or group of employees. Employee skills are constantly being developed through on-the-
job training and external technical education, and are enhanced by the Company’s entrepreneurial culture of considering 
creative alternative applications and processes for its products. 

The nature of the research carried out by the CCL and Container Segments can be characterized as application or process 
development. The Company spends meaningful resources on assisting customers to develop new and innovative products. 
While customers regularly come to CCL with concepts and request assistance to develop products, the Company also takes 
its own new ideas to the market. Proprietary information is protected through the use of confidentiality agreements and by 
limiting access to CCL’s manufacturing facilities. The Company values the importance of protecting its customers’ brands 
and products from fraudulent use and consequently is selective in choosing appropriate customer and supplier relationships.

Avery  has  a  strong  commitment  to  understanding  its  ultimate  end  users,  actively  seeking  product  feedback  and  using 
consumer focus groups to drive product development initiatives. Furthermore, it leverages the CCL Segment’s applications 
and technology to deliver product innovation that aligns with consumer printable media trends. 

Checkpoint has always been an innovator for its industry with a strong dedication to research and development activities. 
It was the pioneer of RF electronic-article-surveillance hardware and consumables. Checkpoint has made further advances 
with the active enhancement and deployment of RFID solutions, including inventory management software, to the retail and 
apparel industry.

Innovia maintains two world class research and development centres, each specifically dedicated to the markets it serves. 
One for films in support of label and packaging applications, and the second for security products predominantly in support 
of polymer banknotes. The new discoveries and product enhancements generated from these centres will be deployed across 
the entirety of the Company for the benefit of its customers. 

18 2017 Annual Report

The Company continues to invest time and capital to upgrade and expand its information technology systems. This investment 
is critical to keeping pace with customer requirements and in gaining or maintaining a competitive edge. Software packages 
are, in general, off-the-shelf systems customized to meet the needs of individual business locations. The CCL, Avery, Checkpoint 
and Innovia Segments communicate with many customers and suppliers electronically, particularly with regard to supply-chain-
management solutions and when transferring and confirming design formats and colours. A core attribute of Avery’s printable 
media products is the customized software to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes. Avery recognizes 
that it is critical to relentlessly innovate its software solutions to maintain its market-leading position with consumers. Avery 
launched WePrint™, expanding its direct-to-consumer software solutions, and acquired Nilles’, PCN’s, Mabel’s, GGW’s, and 
Badgepoint’s e-commerce platforms to leverage acquired digital print software into the pre-existing Avery suite.

Within the Avery Segment, most products are sold under the market-leading “Avery” brand and, with equal prominence in 
German-speaking	countries,	the	“Zweckform”	brand	name.	Within	the	Checkpoint	Segment,	products	are	predominantly	
sold under the Checkpoint brand and, for retail merchandising products in Europe and Asia Pacific, the Meto brand. The 
Company	recognizes	that	in	order	to	maintain	the	pre-eminent	positions	for	Avery,	Zweckform,	Checkpoint	and	Meto,	it	must	
continually invest in promoting these brands. Product quality, innovation and performance are recognized attributes to the 
success of these brands. 

The Company has deployed many initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint of its products and services to ensure the business 
is sustainable. These include collaborative logistic partnerships with customers and suppliers to reduce the usage of wooden 
pallets and corrugated boxes, and new products that help customers reduce their own carbon footprint such as CCL’s Super 
Stretch Sleeves that decorate PET beverage containers without adhesive or energy and patented “wash off” labels for reusable 
bottles, which lowers the impact of glass going to landfill. The Company’s greenfield sites are designed and constructed to 
specific standards to reduce their carbon footprint and some sites have adopted the use of solar power to run their facilities. 

In  addition  to  its  sustainability  initiatives,  the  Company  recognizes  it  must  be  a  socially  responsible  organization  and  is 
committed to fair labour practices, maintaining a safe workplace and giving back to its employees and the communities in 
which it operates. The confidential ethics hotline allows employees to safely voice concerns and the Employee Assistance 
Program provides reassuring advice and support for anxieties outside the workplace. 

Business Segment Results

Segment sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia  
  Container 

Total sales  

Operating income*
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia  
  Container 

Segment operating income 

2017 

2016

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,823.1 
752.9 
675.2 
308.2 
196.3 

4,755.7  

444.8 
164.5 
87.4 
14.6 
26.2 

737.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,497.6
787.7
459.0
—
230.4

3,974.7

378.0
166.8
28.2
—
30.3

603.3

*  This is a non-IFRS measure. Refer to “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

Comments on Business Segments 

The above summary includes the results of acquisitions on reported sales and operating income from the date of acquisition.

2017 Annual Report

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

B)  CCL Segment

Overview

There are five customer sectors inside the CCL Segment. The Company trades in three of them as CCL Label and one each as 
CCL Design and CCL Secure. The differentiated CCL sub branding, points to the nature of the application for the final product. 
The sectors have many common or overlapping customers, process technologies, information technology systems, raw 
material suppliers and operational infrastructures. CCL Label supplies innovative specialized label and tube solutions to Home 
& Personal Care and Food & Beverage companies, plus regulated and complex multi-layer labels for major pharmaceutical, 
consumer medicine, medical instrument and industrial or consumer chemical customers referred to as the Healthcare & 
Specialty business. CCL Design, supplies long-life, high performance labels and other products to automotive, electronics 
and durable goods companies. CCL Secure supplies polymer bank note substrate, pressure sensitive stamps, passports and 
other security documents to government institutions. 

The Segment’s product lines include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, stretch sleeves, in-mould labels, precision 
printed and die cut metal, glass and plastic components, expanded content labels, pharmaceutical instructional leaflets, 
graphic security features and extruded or laminated plastic tubes. It currently operates 123 production facilities located in 
Canada, the United States (including Puerto Rico), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, France, 
Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, Northern Ireland, Oman, Pakistan, 
Philippines, Poland, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom 
and Vietnam. The five plants in Russia, six plants in the Middle East, and one plant in the United States are connected to the 
equity investments in CCL-Kontur, Pacman-CCL, and Korsini-CCL, respectively, and are included in the above locations.

This Segment’s industry is made up of a very large number of competitors that manufacture a vast array of decorative, product 
information, identification and security label-type applications. There are some product categories that do not fall within the 
Segment’s target market. The Company believes that CCL is the largest consolidated operator in most of its defined global 
market sectors. Competition largely comes from single-plant businesses, often owned by private operators who compete in 
local markets with the Segment. There are also a few multi-plant competitors in certain regions of the world and specialists 
in a single market segment globally. However, there is no major competitor that has the product breadth, global reach and 
scale of the CCL Segment. 

The Company has completed numerous label acquisitions, strategic joint ventures and greenfield start-ups geographically 
and added new product offerings to position CCL Label as a global leader in the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage 
and	Healthcare	&	Specialty	end	markets.	Following	the	integration	of	Worldmark	and	the	acquisitions	of	Woelco	and	Zephyr,	
CCL Design now represents a fourth equally significant financial and geographic market for the CCL Segment focused on 
the automotive and electronics markets. The high-security, specialized polymer banknote operations included in the Innovia 
acquisition form an integral part of CCL Secure and a developing fifth leg of the stool. 

CCL produces labels predominantly from polyolefin films and paper partly sourced from extruding, coating and laminating 
companies, using raw materials primarily from the petrochemical and paper industries. CCL also coats and laminates pressure 
sensitive materials and is generally able to mitigate the cost volatility of third-party-sourced materials due to a combination 
of purchasing leverage, agreements with suppliers and its ability to pass on these cost increases to customers. In the label 
industry, price changes regularly occur as specifications are constantly changed by the marketers and, as a result, the selling 
price of these labels is updated, reflecting current market costs and new shapes and designs. 

CCL’s global customers are requiring more of their suppliers, expecting a full range of product offerings in more geographic 
regions, further integration into their supply-chain at a global level and protection of their brands, particularly in markets where 
counterfeiting is rife. These requirements put many of the Segment’s competitors at a disadvantage, as do the investment 
hurdles in converting equipment and technologies to deliver products, services and innovations. Trusted and reliable suppliers 
are important considerations for global consumer product companies, major pharmaceutical companies and OEMs in the 
durable goods business and, of course, Central Banks. This is even more important in an uncertain economic environment 
when many smaller competitors encounter difficulties and customers want to ensure their suppliers are financially viable.

CCL considers customers’ demand levels, particularly in North America and Western Europe, to be reasonably mature and, as 
such, will continue to focus its expansion plans on innovative and higher growth product lines within those geographies with 
a view to improving overall profitability. In Asia, Latin America and other emerging markets, a higher level of economic growth 
is still expected over the coming years, despite the slower conditions experienced in the past few years. This should provide 
opportunities for the Segment to improve market share and increase profitability in these regions. Furthermore, there is close 
alignment of label demand to consumer staples other than CCL Design and CCL Secure, which are completely aligned to the 
automotive and electronics industries and government institutions and Central Banks, respectively. Management believes 
the Segment will attain the sales volumes, geographic distribution and reach mirroring those of its customers over the next 
few years through its focused strategy and by capitalizing on following customer trends. 

20 2017 Annual Report

CCL Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income 
Return on sales 

2017 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

2,823.1 
444.8 
15.8% 

13.0% 
17.7% 

$ 
$ 

2016

2,497.6
378.0 
15.1%

Sales in the CCL Segment for 2017 increased 13.0% to $2,823.1 million, compared to $2,497.6 million in 2016. A strong organic 
rate of 6.2% coupled with 8.3% growth from nine acquisitions since the beginning of the 2016 year offset a 1.5% negative 
impact from foreign currency translation.

Sales in 2017 for North America increased low-single digit compared to 2016, excluding the impact of currency translation. 
Healthcare & Specialty results for the year were solid, with a modest improvement in Healthcare performance compared to a 
very strong prior year offset by a slow year for Ag-Chem and Specialty markets. Home & Personal Care sales and profitability 
improved substantially driven by market share gains in labels and tubes, with profitability gains partially impacted by start-up 
costs for a new tube operation in Columbus, Ohio. Sales and profitability in the Food & Beverage sector improved significantly 
on market share wins in the Beverage and Wine & Spirit operations. CCL Design sales grew modestly as automotive markets  
plateaued, however profitability improved significantly on mix and productivity gains in legacy operations. CCL Secure, the 
security product vertical that includes the 2015 Banknote Corporation of America Inc. acquisition, posted improved sales and 
profitability for the year. Overall profitability increased despite the negative impact of currency translation, while return on 
sales (“Return on Sales,” a non-IFRS financial measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A)  
was held in check for the year. 

European sales were up high-single digit for 2017, excluding currency translation and the impact of acquisitions in the region, 
compared to 2016. Home & Personal Care sales and profitability improved compared to the prior year driven by strong 
market share gains and operational efficiencies in Eastern Europe. Healthcare & Specialty sales and profitability, excluding 
acquisitions, were in line with the prior year. The 2016 Healthcare acquisitions in Ireland and Germany continue to perform 
to management’s expectations. Results for Food & Beverage were robust with operating margins improving in all lines of 
business. The Closures business posted better sales and profitability compared to a strong prior year. CCL Design sales 
and profitability increased on strong German automotive demand. CCL Secure, representing the acquired Innovia security 
business, posted strong results for the first ten months subsequent to the acquisition. Overall, European operating income 
and return on sales increased substantially due to the impact of acquisitions and improvements in the legacy operations. 

Sales in Latin America, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, increased mid-single digit for 2017 compared to 
2016. Sales and profitability improved in all lines of business in Mexico more than offsetting start-up costs for the new CCL 
Design automotive facility. Sales and profitability were impacted by soft consumer markets in Brazil and foreign currency 
translation in Mexico albeit return on sales remains above the CCL average. CCL Secure in Mexico, representing the acquired 
Innovia security business, posted strong results for the ten months post-acquisition. Operating income increased significantly 
in absolute terms and as a percent of sales, including start-up costs for CCL Design in Mexico and the new Home & Personal 
Care plant in Argentina. 

Asia Pacific sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, increased in the low teens for 2017 compared to 2016. 
Sales and profitability in China increased considerably with strong improvements in all lines of business, most notably at CCL 
Design on robust electronics end markets. ASEAN sales and profitability were mixed with improvements at CCL Design offset 
by soft Home & Personal Care end markets. Overall CCL Design profitability in Asia was comparatively impacted by the weaker 
U.S. dollar. Australian results for labels were up with continued progress in Wine & Spirits and a reduction in operating losses 
in Healthcare. CCL Secure, representing the acquired Innovia security business, posted solid results, equal to management’s 
expectations for the first ten months post acquisition. Operating income increased significantly and as a percentage of sales 
in the Asia Pacific region due to the impact of acquisitions and improvements in legacy operations.

Operating income for the CCL Segment improved by 17.7% to $444.8 million for 2017 compared to $378.0 million for 2016. 
Included in 2017 operating income was an $8.2 million non-cash accounting adjustment to fair value the acquired finished 
goods of the Security business that was part of the Innovia acquisition now included in the CCL Segment. Foreign currency 
translation had a negative effect of 1.3% on 2017 operating income compared to 2016. Operating income as a percentage of 
sales was 15.8% in 2017 compared to the 15.1% return generated in the prior year. 

The  CCL  Segment  invested  $218.6  million  in  capital  spending  in  2017  compared  to  $194.8  million  last  year.  The  major 
expenditures were for equipment installations to support the Home & Personal Care and Healthcare businesses in North 
America, capacity additions for Food & Beverage in Europe and capacity expansion for CCL Design in the United States and 
Asia. Depreciation and amortization for the CCL Segment was $172.5 million in 2017, compared to $152.6 million in 2016.

2017 Annual Report 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

C)  Avery Segment

Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital 
printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass market 
retailers. The products are split into three primary lines: (1) Printable Media, including address labels, shipping labels, marketing 
and product identification labels, indexes and dividers, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software 
solutions; (2) Organizational Products Group (“OPG”), including binders, sheet protectors and writing instruments; (3) Direct 
to Consumer digitally imaged media including labels, business cards, name badges, and family oriented identification labels 
supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs. The majority of products in the Printable Media and Direct to Consumer 
categories are used by businesses and individual consumers consistently throughout the year; however, in the OPG category, 
North American consumers engage in the back-to-school surge during the third quarter. 

Avery operates fourteen manufacturing and three distribution facilities. Sales for Avery are principally generated in North 
America, Europe and Australia with a market-leading position. There is a small developing presence in Latin America. Most 
products are sold under the market-leading “Avery” brand and, with equal prominence in German-speaking countries, under 
the	“Zweckform”	brand	name	that	is	better	known	by	consumers	in	this	part	of	Europe,	as	well	as	the	direct-to-consumer	 
“pc/nametag,” “Mabel’s Labels,” “goedgemerkt” and “badgepoint” brands.

Avery  reaches  its  consumers,  including  small  businesses,  through  distribution  channels  that  include  mass-market 
merchandisers,  retail  superstores,  wholesalers,  e-tailers,  contract  stationers,  catalog  retailing  and  direct-to-consumer 
e-commerce. Merger activity and store closures in these distribution channels can lead to short-term volume declines as 
customer inventory positions are consolidated. Avery is the leading brand in its core markets, with the principal competition 
being lower-priced private label products. Avery has experienced secular decline in its core mailing address label product 
as e-mail and internet-based digital communication has grown rapidly. In response, Avery has developed innovative new 
products targeted at applications such as shipping labels and product identification. Avery has successfully launched its 
proprietary direct-to-consumer e-commerce label design software platform WePrint™. In 2014, the acquisitions of Label 
Connections Ltd. and Nilles expanded Avery’s digital print capabilities to the commercial graphic arts sector and e-commerce 
platform to custom designed roll fed labels in new markets around the world. With the 2015 acquisitions of PCN and Mabel’s 
in North America and 2017 acquisitions of Badgepoint and GGW, the Company further expanded Avery’s digital print offerings 
to the meetings and events planning industry and personalized identification labels for children and families. Growth rates 
in these new printable media e-commerce platforms and the newly acquired business is expected to outpace Avery’s legacy 
product lines and eventually aid in re-establishing a growth rate for the Segment. It is also the Company’s expectation that 
Avery will also continue to open up new revenue streams in short-run digital printing applications. 

Avery Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2017 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

752.9 
164.5 
 21.8% 

(4.4%)  $ 
(1.4%)  $ 

2016

787.7
166.8
21.2%

Sales  in  the  Avery  Segment  for  2017  were  $752.9  million,  a  decrease  of  4.4%  compared  to  the  $787.7  million  posted  in 
2016. Foreign currency translation had an unfavourable influence of 1.7% and organic sales declined 4.6%, partially offset by 
acquisitions adding 1.9% compared to 2016. 

North American sales were down mid-single digits for 2017, excluding currency translation, compared to 2016. Sales were 
negatively impacted by office superstore closures and weakness in the wholesale channel. The OPG category continued to 
experience share loss in low-margin, mass market binders. This was partially offset by sales growth in the direct to consumer 
channel for badges, “Kids Labels” and “WePrint” labels printed directly by Avery for consumers where profitability improved 
appreciably. Return on sales improved year-over-year and for this region remains above the Segment average.

International sales are mostly generated from products in the Printable Media category but now include the recently acquired 
results for GGW and Badgepoint in the direct to consumer category and together represent 23.9% of the Avery Segment’s 
sales for 2017. Sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, decreased low single-digits with gains in Europe offset 
by  declines  in  Asia  Pacific  and  Latin  America.  Overall  profitability  improved  significantly  due  to  strong  results  from  the 
acquired GGW and Badgepoint businesses as well as operational efficiencies in the European operations. 

Operating income for 2017 was $164.5 million compared to $166.8 million in 2016. Return on sales improved to 21.8% for 2017, 
compared to 21.2% for 2016, reflecting the financial benefits achieved from post-acquisition restructuring initiatives, mix and 
the positive impact of acquisitions.

22 2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Avery Segment invested $13.8 million in capital spending for 2017, compared to $16.2 million for 2016. The expenditures 
in 2017 were for capacity and efficiency additions in the North American manufacturing operations for both Printable Media 
and OPG. Depreciation and amortization for the Avery Segment was $16.1 million for 2017 and 2016. 

D)  Checkpoint Segment

Overview

The Checkpoint Segment is a leading global manufacturer and provider of hardware and software systems plus security labels 
and tags providing inventory control and loss-prevention solutions to world-leading retailers.  

Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including RF and RFID solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The Segment has three primary product lines: Merchandise 
Availability  Solutions  (“MAS”),  Apparel  Labeling  Solutions  (“ALS”)  and  Retail  Merchandising  Solutions  (“RMS”).  The  MAS 
line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags for loss prevention and 
inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some of which are RFID capable. 
RMS, a small European-centric product line, includes hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays. All 
MAS and ALS products are sold under the Checkpoint brand, and RMS is sold under the Meto brand.

Checkpoint is supported by 20 manufacturing facilities, 13 distribution facilities and four product and software development 
centres around the world. The Segment generates sales in 24 countries outside of its home market in North America across 
Europe, Latin America and Asia. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers or apparel manufacturers and competes with other 
global retail labeling companies.

Despite Checkpoint’s market-leading position, strong brand recognition and product development pipeline, only modest 
growth is expected given the changing ‘brick and mortar’ retail landscape. Large contracts with retailers for hardware and 
software can create significant quarter-to-quarter, and in some cases year-to-year, revenue volatility. However, Checkpoint’s 
comprehensive solution of hardware and software also creates an important high-margin recurring revenue stream for its 
related consumables. Moreover, CCL is also confident that Checkpoint is well positioned to capture a position in the evolving 
RFID market as retailers seek omni-channel fulfillment systems.

Lastly, subsequent to the Company’s acquisition on May 13, 2016, Checkpoint implemented a comprehensive restructuring 
plan to streamline operations and right-size the management structure. Since the date of acquisition restructuring expenses 
have totalled $35.5 million in accordance with the previously announced plan yielding annualized savings of $40 million.

Checkpoint Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2017 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

675.2 
87.4 
 12.9% 

47.1% 
209.9% 

$ 
$ 

2016

459.0
28.2
6.1%

Sales for the Checkpoint Segment were $675.2 million for 2017, an increase of 47.1% compared to the $459.0 million posted 
for the seven-and-a-half months of ownership in 2016. 

The MAS product lines posted strong profits across the board; North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia generating 
return on sales in excess of the Segment average. ALS posted an operating profit for 2017 compared to an operating loss in 
2016 on efficiency gains resulting from restructuring initiatives. RMS results, although not material, were solidly profitable 
for 2017. Operating income for 2017 was $87.4 million compared to $28.2 million in the prior year seven-and-a-half month 
period that included a charge of $31.9 million for the non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment related to the elimination 
of  profit  from  acquired  finished  goods  inventory.  Operating  income  for  the  Checkpoint  Segment  increased  45.4%  to   
$87.4 million compared to $60.1 million for 2016 after adjusting for the 2016 non-cash accounting adjustment to fair value 
the acquired finished goods inventories of $31.9 million. Return on sales (“Return on Sales,” a non-IFRS financial measure; see 
“Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) improved to 12.9% for 2017, compared to 6.1% for 2016. 
Return on sales improved reflecting the financial benefits achieved from post-acquisition restructuring initiatives.

The Checkpoint Segment invested $23.3 million in capital spending for 2017, compared to $5.9 million for 2016. The majority of 
expenditures in 2017 were in the Asia Pacific region to enhance capacity and efficiency with the MAS and ALS manufacturing 
facilities. Depreciation and amortization for the Checkpoint Segment was $29.0 million for 2017, compared to $18.7 million 
for 2016.

2017 Annual Report 23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

E) 

Innovia Segment

The Innovia Segment consists of the newly acquired Innovia film operations, plus two small legacy film manufacturing facilities 
transferred from the CCL Segment. The acquired Innovia film operations, which comprise the majority of the Segment, 
provide a global footprint for the manufacture of specialty high-performance, multi-layer, surface engineered BOPP films with 
a facility located in each of Australia, Belgium and the United Kingdom. These films are sold to customers in the pressure 
sensitive label materials and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide with a small percentage of the total volume 
consumed internally by CCL Secure within the CCL Segment. The two smaller legacy facilities, one located in Germany and 
one in the United States, produce almost their entire output for the CCL Segment’s Food & Beverage and Home & Personal 
Care businesses, respectively. 

Polypropylene resin is the most significant input cost for this Segment. Polypropylene is derived from natural gas and is 
manufactured globally by a limited number of producers. Polypropylene is traded in the market by financial investors and 
speculators with its cost linked to the price of natural gas and the availability of refining capacity. The Segment does not 
use  derivative  financial  instruments  to  hedge  its  exposure  to  volatility  of  polypropylene  prices,  therefore,  the  Segment 
must oversee its customer relationships diligently managing selling prices for the optimal long term financial benefit of the 
Company.

Film innovation remains a strategic focus for the Segment, investing significant resources in its industry leading research 
and development people and laboratory in the United Kingdom. This commitment has resulted in the development of unique 
process  technology,  highly  differentiated  specialty  BOPP  films  and  innovative  surface  coating  technology  keeping  film 
innovation at the forefront for the Segment.

Lastly, subsequent to the acquisition on February 28, 2017, a minor restructuring was initiated to eliminate duplicate corporate 
costs and overhead in the two divisions. Since the date of acquisition, restructuring expenses have totaled approximately 
$9.5 million in accordance with the previously announced plan.

Innovia Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2017 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

308.2 
14.6 
4.7% 

n/a 
n/a 

$ 
$ 

2016

n/a
n/a
n/a

Sales for the Innovia Segment were $308.2 million for 2017, almost entirely from the newly acquired operations. Operating 
income was $14.6 million, and would have been $21.6 million but for a charge of $7.0 million for the non-cash acquisition 
accounting adjustment related to the elimination of profit from acquired finished goods inventory. Profitability for 2017 was 
impacted by rising polypropylene resin costs that could not be passed to the customer base concurrently. Return on sales 
was 4.7% for 2017. 

The Innovia Segment invested $10.9 million in capital spending since February 28, 2017, largely for the European operations. 
Depreciation and amortization for the Innovia Segment was $27.4 million for the period February 28, 2017, to December 31, 2017.

F)   Container Segment

Overview

The Container Segment is a leading manufacturer of aluminum specialty containers for the consumer products industry in 
North America, including Mexico. The key product line is recyclable aluminum aerosol cans for the personal care, home care 
and cosmetic industries, plus shaped aluminum bottles for promotional applications in the beverage market. The Segment 
functions in a competitive environment, which includes imports and the ability of customers, in some cases, to shift a product 
to competing alternative technology. 

In North America, there are two direct competitors in the United States and one in Mexico in the impact-extruded aluminum 
container  business.  The  Company  believes  that  it  is  approximately  the  same  size  as  its  key  United  States  competitor  in  
the aerosol market and has about 50% market share. Other competition comes from South American, Asian and European 
imports; however, currency exchange rates and logistical issues, such as delivery lead times and costs, significantly impact 
their competitiveness.

24 2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With the cessation of operations at the Canadian operation in mid-2017, the Container Segment currently operates from 
four plants, two each in the United States and Mexico. Three plants are dedicated aluminum aerosol facilities and the fourth 
facility was established in December 2014 when the Company contributed a 50% equity investment in Rheinfelden Americas, 
LLC (“Rheinfelden”), a joint venture with Rheinfelden Semis GmbH, a leading German producer of aluminum slugs. This new 
facility in North Carolina will provide an alternate source of aluminum slugs in North America. The plant has posted start-up 
losses throughout 2016 and 2017. A final tranche of capital investments for Rheinfelden is expected in mid-2018 enabling 
the operation to realize its optimal production capability, move into profit in 2019 and ensure a sustainable second source of 
aluminum slugs for the North American market.

Product innovation remains a strategic focus for the Segment, investing significant resources in the development of innovatively 
shaped and highly decorated containers for existing and new customer applications. As the demand for these new, higher-
value products has grown, the Segment has adapted existing production equipment and acquired new technology in order 
to meet expected overall market requirements and to maximize manufacturing efficiencies. 

Aluminum represents a significant variable cost for this Segment. Aluminum is a commodity that is supplied by a limited 
number of global producers and is traded in the market by financial investors and speculators. Aluminum prices and the 
associated “premiums” charged over and above for its supply have been extremely volatile in the past few years and continue 
to have the largest impact on manufacturing costs for the Container Segment, requiring disciplined focus on managing selling 
prices to the Segment’s customers.

Aluminum trades as a commodity on the LME and the Container Segment uses pricing mechanisms in its customer contracts 
that pass through the fluctuations in the cost of aluminum to its customers. In specific situations, the Container Segment 
will hedge some of its anticipated future aluminum purchases using futures contracts on the LME if they are tied to specific 
fixed-price customer contracts. The Segment hedged 20.6% of its 2017 volume and has hedged 2.4% of its expected 2018 
requirements, and all the hedges, including matured 2017 hedges, were matched to fixed-price customer contracts. Existing 
hedges are priced in the US$1,900 to US$2,100 range per metric ton. The unrealized gain on the aluminum futures contracts 
as at December 31, 2017, was nominal. Pricing for aluminum in 2017 ranged from US$1,700 to US$2,245 per metric ton, 
compared to US$1,450 to US$1,780 per metric ton in 2016. 

Management believes that the aluminum container business can continue to improve levels of profitability in the coming years 
with increased demand and continued pricing discipline and by driving greater operational efficiencies in the reorganized 
manufacturing footprint in the United States and Mexico. The biggest risk for the Segment’s business base relates to customers 
shifting their products into containers of other materials such as steel, glass or plastic, leading to a loss in market share. 
However, certain products and delivery systems can only be provided in an aluminum container. The relative cost of steel 
versus aluminum containers sometimes impacts the marketers’ choice of container and may cause volume gains or losses if 
customers decide to change from one product form to another. Aluminum cost remains a key factor in determining the level 
of growth in the market.

Container Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2017 

  % Growth 

$ 
$ 

196.3 
26.2 
13.3% 

(14.8%)  $ 
(13.5%)  $ 

 2016

230.4
30.3
13.2%

Sales for the Container Segment declined as anticipated to $196.3 million, compared to $230.4 million in 2016. The decline 
can be entirely attributed to the previously announced loss of a large Homecare application in North America that motivated 
the closure of the Canadian operation. Mexican sales and profitability were up on volume gains. Foreign currency translation 
had a negative 1.9% impact on sales. Productivity improvements augmented results across all the facilities. The weaker U.S. 
dollar and rising aluminum cost was a drag on profitability. Operating income was $26.2 million and return on sales improved 
to 13.3% for 2017, compared to return on sales of 13.2% for 2016.

When announcing, in late 2013, the closure of the Canadian facility and redistribution of the business to the remaining plants, 
management had expected annualized operating improvements totaling $10.0 million. These savings have now been realized. 

The Container Segment invested $18.7 million of capital in 2017, compared to $17.8 million last year. The majority of the 2017 
expenditures were facility expansion and equipment additions at the Mexican operations. Depreciation and amortization in 
2017 and 2016 were $13.3 million and $15.3 million, respectively.

2017 Annual Report 25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

G)  Joint Ventures

For the years ended December 31 

Sales (at 100%) 
  Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden* 

Earnings (losses) in equity accounted investments (at 100%) 
  Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden 

*  Primarily sales to Container Segment

2017 

125.2 
20.3 

145.5 

11.7 
(4.4) 

7.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016 

124.6 
10.2 

134.8 

11.9 
(3.2) 

8.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

+/-

0.5%
99.0%

7.9%

(1.7%)
(37.5%)

(16.1%)

Results from the joint ventures in CCL-Kontur, Russia; Pacman-CCL, Middle East; Korsini-SAF and Rheinfelden Americas, 
United States, are not proportionately consolidated into either the CCL or Container Segments but instead are accounted for 
as equity investments. The Company’s share of the joint ventures net income is disclosed in “Earnings in Equity Accounted 
Investments” in the consolidated income statement. 

Sales at CCL-Kontur declined modestly as gains in the ruble to the euro resulted in lower local currency market prices however 
profits  more  than  doubled  on  strong  product  mix  and  the  new  shrink  sleeve  manufacturing  facility  posting  profitability 
compared to prior year losses. Pacman-CCL posted significant increases in sales and profitability contributing meaningfully to 
overall earnings for 2017 despite significant challenges with its investment in India. Korsini-CCL, the in-mould joint venture, and 
Rheinfelden Americas, the aluminum slug joint venture, incurred expected start-up losses for the year. Although profitability 
was expected at the Rheinfelden slug operation in 2018, this has been delayed to 2019 due to a small fire in the facility in early 
2018 that has temporarily closed operations and postponed installation of the final tranche of capital investment. Earnings in 
equity accounted investments amounted to $3.7 million for 2017, compared to $4.5 million for 2016.

3 .   F I N A N C I N G   A N D   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s leverage ratio is as follows:

For the years ended December 31 

Current debt 
Long-term debt 
Total debt(1) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Net debt(1) 
EBITDA 
Net debt to EBITDA(1) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2017 

230.6 
2,100.8 

2,331.4 
(557.5) 

1,773.9 
959.2 

1.85 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2016

4.2
1,597.1

1,601.3
(585.1)

1,016.2
792.7

1.28

(1)  Total debt, net debt and net debt to EBITDA are non-IFRS measures; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

In September 2016, the Company closed its initial 144A private bond offering of US$500.0 million aggregate principal amount 
of 3.25% notes due October 2026. The notes are unsecured senior obligations. 

In February 2017, the Company signed an additional US$450.0 million credit facility with a syndicate of banks to bolster 
financing  for  the  Innovia  acquisition.  This  new  unsecured  term  loan  facility,  maturing  in  February  2019  with  principal 
repayments of US$12.0 million per quarter commencing June 30, 2017, incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate plus 
an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net debt to EBITDA consistent with the existing syndicated revolving facility.

26 2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company’s  debt  structure  at  December  31,  2017,  was  primarily  comprised  of  the  aforementioned  bonds  of   
US$500.0 million (C$620.3 million), two private debt placements completed in 1998 and 2008 for a total of US$129.0 million 
(C$162.0 million), outstanding debt totalling $1,015.2 million under the unsecured syndicated revolving credit facility and 
the term loan facility of US$414.0 million (C$520.0 million). Outstanding contingent letters of credit totalled $3.5 million; 
accordingly  there  was  US$397.7  million  of  unused  availability  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  at  December  31,  2017.  The 
Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2016, was comprised of bonds of US$500.0 million (C$662.1 million), two private 
debt placements completed in 1998 and 2008 for a total of US$129.0 million (C$173.0 million) and outstanding debt under 
the syndicated revolving credit facility of $756.6 million.

Net debt was $1,773.9 million at December 31, 2017, $757.7 million higher than the net debt of $1,016.2 million at December 31,  
2016. The increase in net debt was primarily attributable to the additional debt drawn to acquire Innovia, partially offset by 
the increase in cash and cash equivalents and debt repayments during the year.

Net debt to EBITDA increased to 1.85 times as at December 31, 2017, compared to 1.28 times at the end of 2016, due to 
the increase in net debt relative to the increase in EBITDA. However, the measure remains very strong after closing four 
acquisitions for proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion in 2017. 

The Company’s overall average finance rate was 2.9% as at December 31, 2017, compared to 3.0% as at December 31, 2016. The 
decrease in the average finance rate was caused by a larger proportion of lower-cost variable rate debt at December 31, 2017.

Interest coverage (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 9.1 times 
and 14.6 times in 2017 and 2016, respectively, indicative of higher net finance costs associated with the increase in total debt 
resulting from the $1.2 billion in acquisition payments in 2017.

The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities 
when they are due. The Company believes its liquidity will be satisfactory for the foreseeable future due to its significant 
cash balances, its expected positive operating cash flow and the availability of its unused revolving credit line. The Company 
anticipates funding all of its future commitments from the above sources but may raise further funds by entering into new 
debt financing arrangements or issuing further equity to satisfy its future additional obligations or investment opportunities. 

B)  Cash Flow 

Summary of Cash Flows

Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash provided by financing activities   
Cash used for investing activities 
Effect of exchange rates on cash 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of year 

2017 

711.2 
733.0 
(1,464.3) 
(7.5) 

(27.6) 

557.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016

564.0
439.6
(796.8)
(27.4)

179.4

585.1

In 2017, cash provided by operating activities was $711.2 million, compared to $564.0 million in 2016. Free cash flow from 
operations reached $438.3 million for 2017, compared to $338.6 million in the prior year. The free cash flow from operations 
was primarily attributable to an increase in cash flow from operations, partially offset by an increase in capital additions for 
the year.

The Company maintains a rigorous focus on its investment in non-cash working capital. Days of working capital employed  
(a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 17 days at December 31, 
2017, compared to 15 days at December 31, 2016. The increase in days working capital employed can be attributed to the 
impact of acquired businesses in 2017 that did not manage their working capital as efficiently as the legacy businesses of 
the Company.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2017 was $733.0 million, consisting of net debt borrowings of $802.1 million, primarily 
used to finance the Innovia acquisition, and proceeds from the issuance of shares of $12.1 million due to the exercise of stock 
options partially offset by dividend payments of $81.2 million. In 2016, financing activities provided $439.6 million, primarily 
for the acquisition of Checkpoint.

Cash used for investing activities in 2017 of $1,464.3 million was primarily for the acquisitions that totaled $1,191.4 million 
and net capital expenditures of $272.9 million (see below). After the above noted items and the $7.5 million effect of foreign 
currency rates, cash and cash equivalents declined by $27.6 million in 2017 to $557.5 million. 

2017 Annual Report 27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Capital spending in 2017 amounted to $285.7 million and proceeds from capital dispositions were $12.8 million, resulting in 
net capital expenditures of $272.9 million, compared to $225.4 million in 2016. Net capital spending was slightly greater than 
annual depreciation and amortization expense. The Company is continuing to seek investment opportunities to expand its 
business geographically, add capacity in its facilities and improve its competitiveness. As in previous years, capital spending 
will be monitored closely and adjusted based on the level of cash flow generated. Depreciation and amortization in 2017 
amounted to $259.2 million, compared to $203.7 million in 2016.

C) 

Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and Other Hedges

The Company periodically uses derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate, foreign exchange and aluminum cost 
risks. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

As the Company operates internationally, less than 3% of its 2017 sales to end-use customers are denominated in Canadian 
dollars, the Company has exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company partially manages 
these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. Additionally, each subsidiary’s 
sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the foreign exchange impact on the 
operating results. The Company does not use financial instruments to hedge its U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk. 

The Company also has exposure to market risks related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the 
Company maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

The Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements (“IRSAs”) to allocate notional debt between fixed and floating 
rates. The Company believes that a balance of fixed and floating rate debt can reduce overall interest expense and is in line 
with its investment in short-term assets such as working capital, and long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment. 
The Company uses cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSA”) as a means to convert U.S. dollar debt into euro 
debt to hedge a portion of its euro-based investment and cash flows.

As at December 31, 2017, the Company utilized CCIRSAs to effectively convert notional US$264.7 million 3.25% fixed rate debt 
into 1.23% fixed rate euro debt, hedging its euro-based assets and cash flows. The effect of the CCIRSAs has been to decrease 
finance cost by $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. 

The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet 
its obligations. The Company’s counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2017, the Company’s exposure to credit risk 
arising from derivative financial instruments was $1.0 million. 

As at December 31, 2017, the Company had US$1,314.0 million, €155.8 million and £60.3 million drawn under the 144A private 
bonds, private debt placements, term credit facility and revolving credit facility, which are hedging a portion of its U.S. dollar-
based, euro-based and pound sterling-based investments and cash flows.

D)  Equity and Dividends

Summary of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Dividends 
Settlement of exercised stock options  
Shares released from trust, net of purchase of shares for trust   
Contributed surplus on expensing of stock options and stock-based compensation plans 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains (losses), net of tax 
Net impact of acquisition of non-controlling interest 
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Increase in equity 

Equity 
Shares issued at December 31  – Class A (000s) 
 – Class B (000s) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

 474.1 
(80.8) 
18.0 
— 
13.8 
9.6 
— 
(52.0) 

382.7 

2,157.9 
11,837 
164,951 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016

346.3 
(70.0) 
6.8
(22.3)
13.7
(9.0)
0.4
(112.6)

153.3

1,775.2
11,837
164,111

28 2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2017, the Company declared dividends of $80.8 million, compared to $70.0 million declared in the prior year. As previously 
discussed, the dividend payout ratio in 2017 was 17% (2016 – 18%) of adjusted earnings. After careful review of the current year 
results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2018, the Board has declared a 13.0% increase in the annual dividend: an increase 
of $0.015 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.115 to $0.13 per Class B share per quarter ($0.52 per Class B share annualized).

If cash flow periodically exceeds attractive acquisition opportunities available, the Company may also repurchase its shares 
provided that the repurchase is accretive to earnings per share, is at a valuation equal to or lower than valuations for acquisition 
opportunities, and will not materially increase financial leverage beyond targeted levels. The Company did not repurchase 
any of its shares for cancellation in 2017.

E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

The Company’s obligations relating to debt, leases and other liabilities at the end of 2017 were as follows:

December 31, 2016 

December 31, 2017

Payments Due by Period

  Carrying 
  Amount 

  Carrying  
  Amount 

  Contractual 
  Cash Flows 

0–6 
  Months  

6–12 
  Months 

1–2 
 Years 

2–5 
Years 

  More than 
5 Years

$ 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
  Secured bank loans 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured notes 
  Finance lease liabilities 
  Unsecured Rule 144A bonds 
  Unsecured syndicated bank  
  revolving credit facility 
  Unsecured syndicated bank

  term credit facility 

  Finance costs 
  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Operating leases 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

$ 

2.5 
1.4 
173.0 
5.6 
662.1 

$ 

1.3 
6.5 
162.0 
6.2 
620.3 

$ 

1.3 
6.5 
162.0 
6.2 
620.3 

756.6 

  1,015.1 

  1,015.1 

$ 

0.2 
2.8 
— 
1.1 
— 

— 

— 
*  
844.5 

520.0 
*  
  1,018.4 

520.0 
273.4 
  1,018.4 

30.2 
25.8 
  1,018.4 

* 
 — 

* 
 — 

223.3* 
138.4 

4.4 
  18.5 

0.2 
2.9 
162.0 
1.1 
— 

— 

30.1 
33.7 
— 

4.4 
18.5 

$ 

$ 

0.5 
0.6 
— 
1.7 
— 

$ 

0.4 
0.2 
— 
1.6 
— 

— 

  1,015.1 

— 
87.7 
— 

459.7 
49.6 
— 

26.3 
21.5 

58.7 
  40.8 

129.5
39.1

— 
—
—
0.7
620.3

—

—
76.6
—

$  2,445.7 

$  3,349.8 

$  3,984.9 

$  1,101.4 

$  252.9 

$   559.9 

$  1,204.5 

$  866.2

* 

  Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $10.1 million and accrued interest of $9.3 million on unsecured notes, 
unsecured Rule 144A bonds and unsecured syndicated credit facilities are reported in trade and other payables in 2017 (2016 – $7.6 million, $10.8 million 
and nil, respectively).

Pension Obligations

The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans in countries that give rise to accrued post-employment benefit 
obligations. The accrued benefit obligation for these plans at the end of 2017 was $696.6 million (2016 – $342.0 million) 
and the fair value of the plan assets was $376.9 million (2016 – $66.5 million), for a net deficit of $319.7 million (2016 –   
$275.5 million). Contributions to defined benefit plans during 2017 were $18.8 million (2016 – $7.9 million). The Company 
expects to contribute $42.8 million to the pension plans in 2018, inclusive of defined contribution plans. These estimated 
funding requirements will be adjusted annually, based on various market factors such as interest rates, expected returns and 
staffing assumptions, including compensation and mortality. The Company’s contributions are funded through cash flows 
generated from operations. Management anticipates that future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund expected 
future contributions. Details of the Company’s pension plans and related obligations are set out in note 19, “Employee Benefits,” 
of the consolidated financial statements.

Other Obligations and Commitments

The  Company  has  provided  various  loan  guarantees  for  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  totaling  $48.9  million  (2016  –   
$62.1 million). The Company has posted surety bonds through accredited insurance companies globally totaling $75.5 million. 
There are no other material “off-balance sheet” financing obligations except for typical long-term operating lease agreements. 
The nature of these commitments is described in note 25 of the consolidated financial statements. There are no defined 
benefit plans funded with the Company’s stock.

2017 Annual Report 29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

F)  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered and 
reported to senior management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure. 
The Company’s Disclosure Committee reviews all external reports and documents before publication to enhance disclosure 
controls and procedures.

As at December 31, 2017, based on the continued evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, the CEO and the 
CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109, 
Certificate of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), are effective to ensure that information required to 
be disclosed in reports and documents that the Company files or submits under Canadian securities legislation is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  Management  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. NI 52-109 requires CEOs and 
CFOs to certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for the 
issuer, that internal control has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, that the internal control over financial reporting is 
effective, and that the issuer has disclosed any changes in its internal control during its most recent interim period that has 
materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting.

In accordance with the provisions of NI 52-109, management, including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief Financial 
Officer, have limited the scope of their design of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over 
financial reporting to exclude controls, policies and procedures of Innovia. The Company acquired Innovia and its subsidiaries 
on February 28, 2017.

The Innovia acquisition contributed approximately 10.0% of sales per the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended December 31, 2017.

The scope limitation is primarily based on the time required to assess Innovia’s disclosure controls and procedures and 
internal control over financial reporting in a manner consistent with the Company’s other operations. The assessment on 
the design effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting is on track for 
completion by the end of the first quarter of 2018 and the assessment of the operating effectiveness will be completed by 
the fourth quarter of 2018.

Except for the preceding changes, based on the evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting, the CEO and the CFO concluded that internal control over financial reporting was 
effective as at December 31, 2017.

There were no material changes in internal control over financial reporting in the financial year ended December 31, 2017.

4 .   R I S KS   A N D   U N C E R TA I N T I E S

The Company is subject to the usual commercial risks and uncertainties from operating as a Canadian public company and 
as a supplier of goods and services to the non-durable consumer packaging and consumer durables industries on a global 
basis. A number of these potential risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company are as follows:

Potential Risks Relating to Significant Operations in Foreign Countries

The Company operates plants in North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Sales to customers 
located  outside of  Canada  in  2017  were 97% of  the  Company’s total  sales,  a level similar  to that  in  2016.  Non-Canadian 
operating results are translated into Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the period covered. The Company has 
significant operating bases in both the United States and Europe. In 2017, 39.5% and 33.6% of total sales were to customers 
in the United States and Europe, respectively. The Company’s operating results and cash flows could be negatively impacted 
by slower or declining growth rates in these key markets. The sales from business units in Latin America, Asia, South Africa 
and Australia in 2017 were 23.6% of the Company’s total sales. In addition, the Company has equity accounted investments 
in Russia, the United States and the Middle East. There are risks associated with operating a decentralized organization in 
167 manufacturing facilities in countries around the world with a variety of different cultures and values. Operations outside 
of Canada, the United States and Europe are perceived generally to have greater political and economic risks and include 

30 2017 Annual Report

the Company’s operations in Latin America, parts of Asia, Russia and the Middle East. These risks include, but are not limited 
to, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, inflation, changes in foreign law and regulations, government nationalization 
of certain industries, currency controls, potential adverse tax consequences and locally accepted business practices and 
standards that may not be similar to accepted business practices and standards in North America and Europe. Although the 
Company has controls and procedures intended to mitigate these risks, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated and may 
have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company. 

Competitive Environment

The Company faces competition from other suppliers in all the markets in which it operates. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that such competition will not 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This competitive 
environment may preclude the Company from passing on higher material, labour and energy costs to its customers. Any 
significant increase in in-house manufacturing by customers of the Company could adversely affect the business, financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  results  may  be 
negatively  impacted  by  competitors  developing  new  products  or  processes  that  are  of  superior  quality  to  those  of  the 
Company or that fit the Company’s customers’ needs better, or have lower costs; or by consolidation within the Company’s 
competitors or by further pricing pressure being placed on the industry by the large retail chains. 

Foreign Exchange Exposure and Hedging Activities

Sales of the Company’s products to customers outside Canada account for approximately 97% of the revenue of the Company. 
Because the prices for such products are quoted in foreign currencies, any increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative 
to such currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar and the euro, reduces the amount of Canadian dollar revenues and operating 
income reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements. The Company also buys inputs for its products 
in world markets in several currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond the Company’s control and there can be no 
assurance that such fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the reported results of the Company. The use of 
derivatives to provide hedges of certain exposures, such as interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts and 
aluminum futures contracts, could impact negatively on the Company’s operations.

Retention of Key Personnel and Experienced Workforce 

Management believes that an important competitive advantage of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the know-
how and expertise possessed by its personnel at all levels of the Company. While the machinery and equipment used by the 
Company are generally available to competitors of the Company, the experience and training of the Company’s workforce 
allows the Company to obtain a level of efficiency and a level of flexibility that management believes to be high relative to 
levels in the industries in which it competes. To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting, training and retaining 
its personnel over the long term, and while management believes that the know-how of the Company is widely distributed 
throughout the Company, the loss of the services of certain of its experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The operations of the Company are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of its senior management team. To date, 
the Company has been successful in recruiting and retaining competent senior management. Loss of certain members of the 
executive team of the Company could have a disruptive effect on the implementation of the Company’s business strategy and 
the efficient running of day-to-day operations. This could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Acquired Businesses

As  part  of  its  growth  strategy,  the  Company  continues  to  pursue  acquisition  opportunities  where  such  transactions  are 
economically  and  strategically  justified.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  identify 
attractive acquisition opportunities in the future or have the required resources to complete desired acquisitions, or that 
it  will  succeed  in  effectively  managing  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses.  The  failure  to  implement  the  acquisition 
strategy, to successfully integrate acquired businesses or joint ventures into the Company’s structure, or to control operating 
performance and achieve synergies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

In addition, there may be liabilities that the Company has failed or was unable to discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of acquired businesses failed to comply with 
or otherwise violated applicable laws, including environmental laws, the Company, as a successor owner, may be financially 
responsible for these violations. A discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

2017 Annual Report 31

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Integration and Restructuring of Checkpoint

The Company acquired the global operations of Checkpoint on May 13, 2016, and immediately commenced detailed analysis 
of the restructuring that would be required at Checkpoint. Checkpoint had 4,300 employees with operations in 29 countries 
including 20 manufacturing plants and 46 go-to market units. The size, geographic scope and complexity of Checkpoint’s 
operations exceeded the typical acquisition of the Company and therefore the integration and restructuring initiative has 
been  more  complex  and  time  consuming.  The  initial  assessment  resulted  in  severance-related  restructuring  charges  of   
$35.5 million through to the end of 2017. The restructuring and integration plan is largely complete, however if these remaining 
initiatives are too significant there could be a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

Long-Term Growth Strategy

The Company has experienced significant and steady growth since the global economic downturn of 2009. The Company’s 
organic growth initiatives coupled with its international acquisitions over the last number of years can place a strain on a 
number of aspects of its operating platform including: human infrastructure, operational capacity and information systems. 
The  Company’s  ability  to  continually  adapt  and  augment  all  aspects  of  its  operational  platform  is  critical  to  realizing  its 
long-term growth strategy. Another key aspect to CCL’s growth strategy includes increased development of the Company’s 
presence in emerging markets that could create exposure to unstable political conditions, economic volatility and social 
challenges. If the Company cannot adjust to its anticipated growth, results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Lower than Anticipated Demand 

Although the Checkpoint Segment enjoys the advantage of significantly lower customer concentration than the rest of the 
Company; the Segment is heavily dependent on the retail marketplace. Changes in the economic environment including the 
liquidity and financial condition of its customers, the impact of online customer spending or reductions in retailer spending 
and new store openings could adversely affect the Segment’s sales. A reduction in the commitment for chain-wide installations 
due to decreased consumer spending that results in reduced demand for loss prevention by retail customers or failure by the 
Segment to develop new technology that entices the customer to maintain its commitment to Checkpoint’s loss prevention 
products and services may also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Exposure to Income Tax Reassessments

The  Company  operates  in  many  countries  throughout  the  world.  Each  country  has  its  own  income  tax  regulations  and 
many of these countries have additional income and other taxes applied at state, provincial and local levels. The Company’s 
international investments are complex and subject to interpretation in each jurisdiction from a legal and tax perspective. 
The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by local authorities, and the Company’s positions in these tax filings may be 
challenged. The Company may not be successful in defending these positions and could be involved in lengthy and costly 
litigation during this process and could be subject to additional income taxes, interest and penalties. This outcome could 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Risks in Integrating and Restructuring Innovia 

The Company acquired the global operations of Innovia on February 28, 2017, and immediately commenced an integration 
and restructuring initiative. Innovia had 1,200 employees with six manufacturing facilities in four countries supplying BOPP 
films  and  polymer  banknotes  globally.  The  size,  geographic  scope  and  complexity  of  Innovia’s  operations  exceed  the 
typical acquisition of the Company and therefore the integration and restructuring initiative may be more complex and time 
consuming. A failure to integrate and restructure the acquired business in a timely and effective manner, could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Realization of Deferred Tax Assets 

The Company needs to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods in certain foreign and domestic tax jurisdictions 
to realize the tax benefit. If there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary difference 
or loss carry-forwards become taxable or deductible, the Company may have to revise its unrecognized deferred tax assets. 
This could result in an increase in the effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on future results. Changes 
in statutory tax rate may change the deferred tax asset or liability, with either a positive or negative impact on the effective 
tax rate. The computation and assessment of the ability to realize the deferred tax asset balance is complex and requires 
significant judgment. New legislation or a change in underlying assumptions may have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of the Company.

32 2017 Annual Report

Fluctuations in Operating Results

While the Company’s operating results over the past several years have indicated a general upward trend in sales and net 
earnings, operating results within particular product forms, within particular facilities of the Company and within particular 
geographic markets have undergone fluctuations in the past and, in management’s view, are likely to do so in the future. 
Operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors in addition to the global economic conditions, and 
these factors include the volume of orders received relative to the manufacturing capacity of the Company, the level of price 
competition (from competing suppliers both in domestic and in other lower-cost jurisdictions), variations in the level and 
timing of orders, the cost of raw materials and energy, the ability to develop innovative solutions and the mix of revenue 
derived in each of the Company’s businesses. Operating results may also be impacted by the inability to achieve planned 
volumes through normal growth and successful renegotiation of current contracts with customers and by the inability to 
deliver expected benefits from cost reduction programs derived from the restructuring of certain business units. Any of 
these factors or a combination of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.

Insurance Coverage

Management believes that insurance coverage of the Company’s facilities addresses all material insurable risks, provides 
coverage that is similar to that which would be maintained by a prudent owner/operator of similar facilities and is subject 
to deductibles, limits and exclusions that are customary or reasonable given the cost of procuring insurance and current 
operating conditions. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be offered on an economically 
feasible basis or at current premium levels, that the Company will be able to pass through any increased premium costs or that 
all events that could give rise to a loss or liability are insurable, or that the amounts of insurance will at all times be sufficient 
to cover each and every loss or claim that may occur involving the assets or operations of the Company. 

Brexit

In a non-binding referendum on the United Kingdom’s membership in the European Union (“E.U.”) in June 2016, a majority of 
those who voted approved the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union. Any withdrawal by the United Kingdom 
from the European Union (“Brexit”) would occur after, or possibly concurrently with, a process of negotiation regarding the 
future terms of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the E.U., which could result in the U.K. losing access to certain aspects 
of the single E.U. market and the global trade deals negotiated by the E.U. on behalf of its members. The Brexit vote and 
the perceptions as to the impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. may adversely affect business activity, political stability and 
economic conditions in the U.K., the Eurozone, the E.U. and elsewhere. The economic outlook could be further adversely 
affected by (i) the risk that one or more other E.U. countries could come under increasing pressure to leave the E.U., (ii) the 
risk of a greater demand for independence by Scottish nationalists, or (iii) the risk that the euro as the single currency of the 
Eurozone could cease to exist or (iv) the risk that movements in the U.K. pound exchange rates related to Brexit could damage 
competitiveness or profitability as a significant portion of the Company’s U.K. sales are priced in U.S. dollars and euros. Any 
of these developments, or the perception that any of these developments are likely to occur, could have a material adverse 
effect on economic growth or business activity in the U.K., the Eurozone or the E.U. and could result in the relocation of 
businesses, cause business interruptions, lead to economic recession or depression, and impact the stability of the financial 
markets, availability of credit, political systems or financial institutions and the financial and monetary system. Given that 
the Company conducts a significant portion of its business in the E.U. and the U.K., any of these developments could have a 
material adverse effect on the business, financial position, liquidity and results of operations of the Company. 

Impacts from Changes to NAFTA

The  governments  of  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  are  currently  renegotiating  the  terms  of  the  existing  North 
American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”). These negotiations have the potential to significantly change the existing trade 
rules as currently exist between those countries. Changes that limit access to U.S. markets, or that preferentially favour U.S. 
industries or that otherwise negatively impact the competitiveness of the Company’s products could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if changes to NAFTA or other 
trade laws were instituted that limited the Company’s access to the materials or products necessary for such manufacturing 
operations, the Company’s ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery requirements would be reduced. Any 
such reduction in the Company’s ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery requirements could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, significant changes to NAFTA or 
the termination of NAFTA could create significant uncertainty and could have a material adverse effect on economic growth 
and business activity in those countries and impact the stability of the financial markets and any of these developments could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, liquidity and results of operations. 

2017 Annual Report 33

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Dependence on Customers

The Company has a modest dependence on certain customers. The Company’s two largest customers combined accounted 
for approximately 8.4% of the consolidated revenue for the fiscal year 2017. The five largest customers of the Company 
represented approximately 16.5% of the total revenue for 2017 and the 25 largest customers represented approximately 38.6% 
of the total revenue. Several thousand customers make up the remainder of total revenue. Although the Company has strong 
partnership relationships with its customers, there can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its relationship with 
any particular customer or continue to provide services to any particular customer at current levels. A loss of any significant 
customer, or a decrease in the sales to any such customer, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. Consolidation within the consumer products marketer base and office 
retail superstores could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, depending on the nature and scope of any such 
consolidation.

Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and Other Considerations

The Company is subject to numerous federal, provincial, state and municipal statutes, regulations, by-laws, guidelines and 
policies, as well as permits and other approvals related to the protection of the environment and workers’ health and safety. 
The  Company  maintains  active  health  and  safety  and  environmental  programs  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  injuries  to 
employees and pollution incidents at its manufacturing sites. The Company also carries out a program of environmental 
compliance audits, including an independent third-party pollution liability assessment for acquisitions, to assess the adequacy 
of compliance at the operating level and to establish provisions, as required, for environmental site remediation plans. The 
Company has environmental insurance for most of its operating sites, with certain exclusions for historical matters. 

Despite these programs and insurance coverage, further proceedings or inquiries from regulators on employee health and 
safety requirements, particularly in Canada, the United States and the European Economic Community (collectively, the 
“EHS Requirements”), could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. In addition, changes to existing EHS Requirements, the adoption of new EHS Requirements in the future, or 
changes to the enforcement of EHS Requirements, as well as the discovery of additional or unknown conditions at facilities 
owned, operated or used by the Company, could require expenditures that might materially affect the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company to the extent not covered by indemnity, insurance or covenant not to 
sue. Furthermore, while the Company has generally benefited from increased regulations on its customers’ products, the 
demand for the services or products of the Company may be adversely affected by the amendment or repeal of laws or by 
changes to the enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies concerning such laws.

Operating and Product Hazards

The Company’s revenues are dependent on the continued operation of its facilities and its customers. The operation of 
manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, natural disasters, 
suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. The total loss of certain of 
our manufacturing plants could have a significant financial impact on the affected business segment, particularly where the 
plant represents a single or significant source of supply. The operations of the Company and its customers are also subject 
to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of certain hazardous 
materials.  These  hazards  can  cause  personal  injury,  severe  damage  to  and  destruction  of  property  and  equipment  and 
environmental damage. Furthermore, the Company may become subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, 
workers’ compensation and other matters. The Company’s pharmaceutical and specialty food product operations are subject 
to stringent federal, state, provincial and local health, food and drug regulations and controls, and may be impacted by 
consumer product liability claims and the possible unavailability and/or expense of liability insurance. The Company prints 
information on its labels and containers that, if incorrect, could give rise to product liability claims. A determination by 
applicable regulatory authorities that any of the Company’s facilities are not in compliance with any such regulations or 
controls in any material respect may have a material adverse effect on the Company. A successful product liability claim 
(or a series of claims) against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of 
these liabilities or the timing thereof. The occurrence of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above 
events, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

34 2017 Annual Report

The Timing and Volume of New Banknote Orders

The CCL Secure banknote substrate operation is dependent on government procurement decisions and the volume and 
timing of new or replacement banknote orders is often uncertain. These decisions can be influenced by many political factors 
that could delay or reduce the volume of banknote orders. The impact of new large volume banknote orders may result in the 
Company having to invest in material capital projects to support government procurement decisions. As a result, volatility 
may be created in the cash flows and in the financial results of the CCL Secure operations and could have a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition of the Company.

Decline in Address Mailing Labels

Since the advent of e-mail, traditional mail volumes have declined and more significantly over the past decade. Address labels 
used for traditional mail has historically been a core product for the Avery business. There is a direct correlation of address 
label sales volumes to the quantity of mail in circulation in each of the markets in which Avery operates. Accordingly, a further 
dramatic decline in traditional mail volume, without the introduction of offsetting new consumer printable media applications 
in Avery, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Product Security

CCL Secure’s banknote substrate business is involved in high security applications and must maintain highly secured facilities 
and product shipments. CCL Secure maintains vigorous security and material control procedures. All employees, guests and 
third party contractors with access to facilities and products are prudently screened and monitored. However, the loss of a 
product, counterfeiting of a high security feature or the breach of a secured facility as a result of negligence, collusion or 
theft is possible. Loss of product whilst in transit, particularly during transshipment, through the failure of freight management 
companies or the loss of the shipment vehicle by accident or act of God is possible. Consequently, the financial damage and 
potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Financial Reporting

The Company prepares its financial reports in accordance with accounting policies and methods prescribed by IFRS. In the 
preparation of financial reports, management may need to rely upon assumptions, make estimates or use their best judgment 
in determining the financial condition of the Company. Significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the 
notes to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. In order to have a 
reasonable level of assurance that financial transactions are properly authorized, assets are safeguarded against unauthorized 
or improper use and transactions are properly recorded and reported, the Company has implemented and continues to 
analyze its internal control systems for financial reporting. Although the Company believes that its financial reporting and 
financial statements are prepared with reasonable safeguards to ensure reliability, the Company cannot provide absolute 
assurance in that regard.

Compliance with Anti-Bribery and Export Laws

Due to the Company’s global operations, the Company is subject to many laws governing international relations, including 
those that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers, and which may restrict where the 
Company can do business, what information or products the Company can supply to certain countries and what information 
the Company can provide to foreign governments, including but not limited to the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public 
Officials Act (“CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and the U.S. Export Administration 
Act. The Company’s policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. The Company operates in many parts of the 
world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with 
anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Given the high level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk 
that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for example through fraudulent or negligent behavior 
of individual employees, the Company’s failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements or otherwise. 
Additionally, the Company may be held liable for actions taken by local dealers and partners. If the Company is found to be 
liable for CFPOA, FCPA or other violations (either due to the Company’s own acts or through inadvertence, or due to the acts 
or inadvertence of others), the Company could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have 
a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

2017 Annual Report 35

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

New Product Developments 

Markets are continually evolving based on the ingenuity of the Company and its competitors, consumer preferences and 
new product identification and information technologies. To the extent that any such new developments result in a decrease 
in the use of any of the Company’s products, a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations 
could occur. 

Checkpoint’s  ability  to  create  new  products  and  to  sustain  existing  products  is  affected  by  whether  the  Company  can 
develop and fund technological innovations, such as those related to the next generation of product solutions, evolving 
RFID technologies, and other innovative security devices, software and systems initiatives. The failure to develop and launch 
successful new products could have a material adverse effect on Checkpoint’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Although the Innovia Segment has a unique manufacturing process for its BOPP and CCL Secure is the leading manufacturer 
of polymer bank note substrate, it is dependent on its ability to constantly evolve the technological capabilities of its products 
to meet the demands of its customer base. New scientific advancements in polymer film manufacturing could curtail the 
use of Innovia’s BOPP, while the advancement of e-commerce and cashless societies may outmode the need for polymer 
banknotes. Failure to invest in intellectual properties and perpetually innovate may result in lower demand for films and 
banknote substrate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results  
of operations.

Labour Relations

While labour relations between the Company and its employees have been stable in the recent past and there have been 
no material disruptions in operations as a result of labour disputes, the maintenance of a productive and efficient labour 
environment cannot be assured. Accordingly, a strike, lockout or deterioration of labour relationships could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Legal Proceedings

Any alleged failure by the Company to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the countries of operation may lead 
to the imposition of fines and penalties or the denial, revocation or delay in the renewal of permits and licenses issued by 
governmental authorities. In addition, governmental authorities, as well as third parties, may claim that the Company is liable 
for environmental damages. A significant judgment against the Company, the loss of a significant permit or other approval 
or the imposition of a significant fine or penalty could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Moreover, the Company may from time to time be notified of claims that it may be infringing patents, copyrights or other 
intellectual property rights owned by other third parties. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of 
resources, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. In the future, third parties may assert infringement claims against the Company or its customers. In the event of 
an infringement claim, the Company may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop a non-infringing 
alternative or to obtain licenses. The Company may not be successful in developing such an alternative or obtaining a license 
on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any such litigation could be lengthy and costly and could have a material adverse 
effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Company may also be subject to claims arising from its failure to manufacture a product to the specifications of its 
customers or from personal injury arising from a consumer’s use of a product or component manufactured by the Company. 
While the Company will seek indemnity from its customers for claims made against the Company by consumers, and while 
the Company maintains what management believes to be appropriate levels of insurance to respond to such claims, there 
can be no assurance that the Company will be fully indemnified by its customers or that insurance coverage will continue 
to be available or, if available, will be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims. In addition, the Company could 
become subject to claims relating to its prior or acquired businesses, including environmental and tax matters, or claims by 
third parties, such as distributors or agents. There can be no assurance that insurance coverage will be adequate to cover 
all costs arising from such claims.

Defined Benefit Post-Employment Plans

The Company is the sponsor of a number of defined benefit plans in ten countries that give rise to accrued post-employment 
benefit obligations. Although the Company believes that its current financial resources combined with its expected future 
cash flows from operations and returns on post-employment plan assets will be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under 
these plans in future years, the cash outflow and higher expenses associated with these plans may be higher than expected 
and may have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.

36 2017 Annual Report

Breach of Legal and Regulatory Requirements

CCL  Secure’s  banknote  substrate  operation  has  the  highest  accreditation  within  the  security  printing  industry.  This 
accreditation provides governments and Central Banks with assurance in respect of safeguarding high ethical standards and 
business practices. Violation of CCL Secure’s highly strict requirements and constant detailed oversight in relation to bribery, 
corruption and anti-competitive activities remains a risk in an industry expecting the highest ethical standards. Consequently, 
the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure which could arise if the standards and practices 
are compromised or perceived to have been compromised, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Material Disruption of Information Technology Systems 

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology (“IT”) systems to manufacture its products, process 
transactions, respond to customer questions, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and maintain 
cost-efficient operations as well as maintain its e-commerce websites. Any material disruption or slowdown of the systems, 
including a disruption or slowdown caused by the Company’s failure to successfully upgrade its systems, system failures, 
viruses or other causes could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. If changes in technology cause the Company’s information systems to become obsolete, or if information 
systems are inadequate to handle growth, the Company could incur losses and costs due to interruption of its operations.

The Company maintains information within its IT networks and on the cloud to operate its business, as well as confidential 
personal  employee  and  customer  information.  The  secure  maintenance  of  this  information  is  critical  to  the  Company’s 
operations and reputation. The Company invests in hardware and software to prevent the risk of intrusion, tampering and theft. 
Any such unauthorized breach of the IT infrastructure could compromise the data maintained, causing a significant disruption 
in operations or meaningful harm to the Company’s reputation, resulting in a material adverse effect on financial results.

Impairment in the Carrying Value of Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had over $2.0 billion of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets on its statement 
of financial position, the value of which is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The assessment of the value of goodwill 
and intangible assets depends on a number of key factors requiring estimates and assumptions about earnings growth, 
operating margins, discount rates, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and market capitalization. There can 
be no assurance that future reviews of goodwill and intangible assets will not result in an impairment charge. Although it does 
not affect cash flow, an impairment charge does have the effect of reducing the Company’s earnings, total assets and equity.

Raw Materials and Component Parts

Although the Company is a large customer to certain key suppliers, it is also an inconsequential buyer of some materials. 
The ability to grow earnings will be affected by inflationary and other increases in the cost of electronic sub-assemblies and 
raw materials, aluminum ingot, slugs and foils, resins, extruded films, pressure sensitive laminates, paper, binder rings and 
plastic components. Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw materials, labour and energy have occurred in the past 
and are expected to recur, and the Company’s performance depends in part on its ability to pass these cost increases on to 
customers in the price of its products and to effect improvements in productivity. The Company may not be able to fully offset 
the effects of raw material costs and other sourced components through price increases, productivity improvements or cost-
reduction programs. If the Company cannot obtain sufficient quantities of these items at competitive prices, of appropriate 
quality and on a timely basis, it may not be able to produce sufficient quantities of product to satisfy market demand, product 
shipments may be delayed, or its material or manufacturing costs may increase. Innovia is sensitive to price movements in 
polypropylene resin used in its BOPP films for label, packaging and security applications. Polypropylene is the most significant 
input cost for the Innovia Segment and is traded in the market, with prices linked to the market price of natural gas and 
refining capacity. Price movements must be managed and where necessary, passed along to the Segment’s customers. 
Failure to pass along higher costs in a timely and effective manner to its customers could have a material adverse effect 
on the Innovia Segment’s business and profitability. Checkpoint’s supply chain relies significantly on components sourced 
from factories in Asia therefore supply disruption and tariff changes could adversely affect sales and profitability. Avery’s 
U.S. supply chain relies almost completely on its plant in Tijuana, Mexico; supply disruption, changes to border controls or 
NAFTA could adversely affect sales and profitability. Overall, any of these problems could result in the loss of customers and 
revenue, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and have a material adverse effect on 
the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

2017 Annual Report 37

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Credit Ratings

The credit ratings currently assigned to the Company by Moody’s Investors Service and S&P Global, or that may in the future 
be assigned by other rating agencies, are subject to amendment in accordance with each agency’s rating methodology and 
subjective modifiers driving the credit rating opinion. There is no assurance that any rating assigned to the Company will 
remain in effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in 
the future. A downgrade in the credit rating assigned by one or more rating agencies could increase the Company’s cost of 
borrowing or impact the Company’s ability to renegotiate debt, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial condition and profitability.

Share Price Volatility

Changes in the Company’s stock price may affect access to, or cost of, financing from capital markets and may affect stock-
based compensation arrangements. The Company’s stock price has appreciated significantly over the last five years and is 
influenced by the financial results of the Company, changes in the overall stock market, demand for equity securities, relative 
peer group performance, market expectation of future financial performance and competitive dynamics among many other 
things. There is no assurance that the Company’s share price will not be volatile in the future.

Increase in Interest Rates

At December 31, 2017, approximately 66% of the Company’s outstanding debt was subject to variable interest rates. Increases 
in short-term interest rates would directly impact interest costs. Significant increases in short-term interest rates will increase 
borrowing costs and could have a material adverse impact on the financial results of the Company.

Protection of Intellectual Property

Certain of the Company’s products involve complex technology and chemistry and the Company relies on maintaining 
protection of this intellectual property and proprietary information to maintain a competitive advantage. The infringement, 
expiration  or  other  loss  of  these  patents  and  other  proprietary  information  would  reduce  the  barriers  to  entry  into  the 
Company’s existing lines of business and may result in loss of market share and a decrease in the Company’s competitiveness, 
which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There also can 
be no assurance that the patents previously obtained or to be obtained by the Company in the future will provide adequate 
protection of such intellectual property or adequately maintain any competitive advantage. 

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors taking into account current 
and anticipated cash flow, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and global economy as 
well as the various risk factors set out above. The Board of Directors intends to pay a consistent dividend with consistent 
increases over time, however, the Board of Directors may in certain circumstances determine that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to reduce or suspend the dividend. In that situation the trading price of the Company’s Class A and Class B  
shares may be materially affected. 

5.   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   A N D   N O N - I F R S   M E A S U R E S

A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

CCL measures the success of the business using a number of key performance indicators, many of which are in accordance 
with IFRS as described throughout this report. The following performance indicators are not measurements in accordance with 
IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to or replacement of net earnings or any other measure of performance 
under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning and may not be comparable to similar measures 
presented by other issuers. In fact, these additional measures are used to provide added insight into the Company’s results 
and  are  concepts  often  seen  in  external  analysts’  research  reports,  financial  covenants  in  banking  agreements  and  note 
agreements, purchase and sales contracts on acquisitions and divestitures of the business, and in discussions and reports to 
and from the Company’s shareholders and the investment community. These non-IFRS measures will be found throughout this 
report and are referenced alphabetically in the definition section below.

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Class B Share – An important non-IFRS measure to assist in understanding the ongoing earnings 
performance of the Company, excluding items of a one-time or non-recurring nature. It is not considered a substitute for basic 
net earnings per Class B share, but it does provide additional insight into the ongoing financial results of the Company. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as basic net earnings per Class B share excluding gains on dispositions, goodwill impairment loss, 
restructuring and other items and tax adjustments. 

38 2017 Annual Report

Earnings per Class B Share 

Fourth Quarter 

 Year-to-Date

Basic earnings 

Net (gain) loss from restructuring and other items  

Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment  
  to finished goods inventory 

TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax on  

indefinite life intangibles 

2017 

$ 

0.97 

$ 

 —* 

— 

(0.14) 

$ 

2016 

0.56 

0.03 

— 

— 

$ 

2017 

2.70 

0.07 

0.06 

(0.14) 

Adjusted basic earnings  

$ 

0.83 

$ 

0.59 

$  

2.69 

$ 

* 

  The net after-tax impact of restructuring and other items was nominal

2016

1.98

0.15

0.15

—

2.28

Days of Working Capital Employed – A measure indicating the relative liquidity and asset intensity of the Company’s working 
capital. It is calculated by multiplying the net working capital by the number of days in the quarter and then dividing by the 
quarterly sales. Net working capital includes trade and other receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, trade and other 
payables, and income taxes recoverable and payable. The following table reconciles the net working capital used in the days 
of working capital employed measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of financial position as at 
the periods ended as indicated.

Days of Working Capital Employed

At December 31 

Trade and other receivables  
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Income taxes recoverable 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 

Net working capital 

Days in quarter 
Fourth quarter sales 

Days of working capital employed 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

821.3 
425.1 
33.6 
13.1 
(1,018.4) 
(50.7) 

224.0 

92 
1,234.5 

17 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016

672.3
351.5
25.8
26.2
(844.5)
(58.3) 

173.0

92
1,058.4

15

Dividend Payout – The ratio of earnings paid out to the shareholders. It provides an indication of how well earnings support 
the dividend payments. Dividend payout is defined as dividends declared divided by earnings, excluding goodwill impairment 
loss, restructuring and other items, and tax adjustments, expressed as a percentage.

Dividend Payout Ratio 

Dividends declared per equity 

Adjusted earnings  

Dividend payout ratio 

2017 

80.8 

471.7 

$ 

$ 

Year-to-Date

2016 

 70.0

399.2

17% 

18%

$ 

$ 

2017 Annual Report 39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Earnings per Share Growth Rate – A measure indicating the percentage change in adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
(see definition above).

EBITDA – A critical financial measure used extensively in the packaging industry and other industries to assist in understanding 
and measuring operating results. It is also considered as a proxy for cash flow and a facilitator for business valuations. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, goodwill impairment 
loss, earnings in equity accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items. 
The Company believes that EBITDA is an important measure as it allows the assessment of the Company’s ongoing business 
without the impact of net finance costs, depreciation and amortization and income tax expenses, as well as non-operating 
factors and one-time items. As a proxy for cash flow, it is intended to indicate the Company’s ability to incur or service debt 
and to invest in property, plant and equipment, and it allows comparison of the Company’s business to that of its peers and 
competitors who may have different capital or organizational structures. EBITDA is a measure tracked by financial analysts 
and investors to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. EBITDA is considered an important 
measure by lenders to the Company and is included in the financial covenants for the Company’s bank lines of credit.

The following table reconciles EBITDA measures to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated income statements for the 
periods ended as indicated. 

EBITDA

Net earnings  
Corporate expense 
Earnings in equity accounted investments   
Finance cost, net 
Restructuring and other items – net loss (gain) 
Income taxes 

Less: Corporate expense  
Add: Depreciation and amortization   
Add: Non-cash accounting adjustment
  to finished goods inventory 

Fourth Quarter 

 Year-to-Date

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

169.4 
12.6 
(1.3) 
23.8 
(4.2) 
4.8 

205.1 
(12.6) 
 66.5 

— 

$ 

$ 

2016 

98.3 
11.0 
(1.2)  
12.2 
6.7 
33.6 

160.6 
(11.0)  
54.7 

— 

$ 

$ 

2017 

474.1 
52.7 
(3.7) 
75.2 
11.3 
127.9 

737.5 
(52.7) 
259.2 

15.2 

2016

346.3
48.2
(4.5) 
37.9
34.6
140.8

603.3
(48.2) 
203.7

33.9

792.7

EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) 

$ 

259.0 

$ 

204.3 

$ 

959.2 

$ 

Free Cash Flow from Operations – A measure indicating the relative amount of cash generated by the Company during the 
year and available to fund dividends, debt repayments and acquisitions. It is calculated as cash flow from operations less 
capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

The following table reconciles the measure of free cash flow from operations to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated 
statements of cash flows for the periods ended as indicated.

Free Cash Flow from Operations 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Less: Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Add: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow from operations 

2017 

711.2 
(285.7) 
12.8 

$ 

2016

564.0 
(234.7) 
9.3

438.3 

$ 

338.6

$ 

$ 

40 2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Coverage – A measure indicating the relative amount of operating income earned by the Company compared to the 
amount of net finance cost incurred by the Company. It is calculated as operating income (see definition below), including 
discontinued items, less corporate expense, divided by net finance cost on a twelve-month rolling basis.

The  following  table  reconciles  the  interest  coverage  measure  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the  consolidated  income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Interest Coverage

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see definition below)  
Less: Corporate expense   

Net finance cost 

Interest coverage 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

737.5 
(52.7) 

684.8 

75.2 

9.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016 

603.3
(48.2) 

555.1

37.9

14.6

Leverage Ratio (or “net debt to EBITDA”) – A measure that indicates the financial leverage of the Company. It indicates the 
Company’s ability to service its existing debt. 

Net Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company, assuming that all cash on hand is used to repay 
a portion of the outstanding debt. It is defined as current debt including cash advances, plus long-term debt, less cash and 
cash equivalents.

Operating Income – A measure indicating the profitability of the Company’s business units defined as income before corporate 
expenses, net finance costs, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity accounted investments, restructuring and other 
items, and tax.

See the definition of EBITDA above for a reconciliation of operating income measures to IFRS measures reported in the 
consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Restructuring and Other Items and Tax Adjustments – A measure of significant non-recurring items that are included in net 
earnings. The impact of restructuring and other items and tax adjustments on a per share basis is measured by dividing the 
after-tax income of the restructuring and other items and tax adjustments by the average number of shares outstanding in 
the relevant period. Management will continue to disclose the impact of these items on the Company’s results because the 
timing and extent of such items do not reflect or relate to the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Management 
evaluates the operating income of its Segments before the effect of these items.

Return on Equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items and tax adjustments (“ROE”) – A measure 
that provides insight into the effective use of shareholder capital in generating ongoing net earnings. ROE is calculated by 
dividing annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the beginning and the end-of-year equity.

The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROE measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated 
statements of financial position and in the consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Return on Equity 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items, (net of tax)   
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to finished goods inventory, (net of tax) 
TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax on acquisition intangibles 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average equity 

Return on equity 

2017 

474.1 
11.6 
11.0 
(25.0) 

471.7 

1,966.6 

24.0% 

Year-to-Date

2016

346.3
27.8
25.1
—

399.2

1,698.5

23.5%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 Annual Report 41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

Return on Total Capital before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items and tax adjustments (“ROTC”) – A 
measure of the returns the Company is achieving on capital employed. ROTC is calculated by dividing annual net income 
before  goodwill  impairment  loss,  restructuring  and  other  items,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments,  and  tax 
adjustments by the average of the beginning- and the end-of-year equity and net debt.

The  following  table  reconciles  net  earnings  used  in  calculating  the  ROTC  measure  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Return on Total Capital 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax)   
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to finished goods inventory (net of tax) 
TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax on indefinite life intangibles 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average total capital 

Return on total capital 

2017 

474.1 
11.7 
10.9 
(25.0) 

471.7 

3,361.6 

14.0% 

Year-to-Date

2016

346.3
27.8
25.1
—

399.2

2,506.6

15.9%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Return on Sales – A measure indicating relative profitability of sales to customers. It is defined as operating income (see 
definition above) divided by sales, expressed as a percentage.

The following table reconciles the return on sales measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of 
earnings  in  the  segmented  information  per  note  4  of  the  Company’s  annual  financial  statements  for  the  periods  ended   
as indicated.

Return on Sales 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
   Innovia 
  Container 

Total sales 

Operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 
  Container 

Total operating income  

Return on sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 
  Container 

Total return on sales 

42 2017 Annual Report

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Three Months Ended  
December 31 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

2017 

733.9 
171.0 
192.3 
91.2 
46.1 

1,234.5 

126.4 
40.7 
30.9 
0.1 
7.0 

205.1 

17.2% 
23.8% 
16.1% 
0.1% 
15.2% 

16.6% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016 

631.8 
180.5 
190.9 
— 
55.2 

1,058.4 

90.7 
35.5 
27.3 
— 
7.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

160.6 

$ 

14.4% 
19.7% 
14.3% 
— 
12.9% 

15.2% 

2017 

2016 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,823.1 
752.7 
675.2 
308.2 
196.3 

4,755.7 

444.8 
164.5 
87.4 
14.6 
26.2 

737.5 

15.8% 
21.8% 
12.9% 
4.7% 
13.3% 

15.5% 

2,497.6
787.7
459.0
—
230.4 

3,974.7 

378.0
166.8
28.2
—
30.3

603.3

15.1%
21.2%
6.1%
—
13.2%

15.2%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company. It is defined as current debt, including bank 
advances, plus long-term debt.

B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

Accounting Policies

The above analysis and discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based on its consolidated 
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set out in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued New Accounting Standards, Not Yet Effective

In July 2014, the complete IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”), was issued by the IASB. IFRS 9 introduces new requirements 
for the classification and measurement of financial assets. Under IFRS 9, financial assets are classified and measured based 
on the business model in which they are held and the characteristics of their contractual cash flows. The standard introduces 
additional changes relating to financial liabilities. It also amends the impairment model by introducing a new ‘expected 
credit loss’ model for calculating impairment. IFRS 9 also includes a new general hedge accounting standard that aligns 
hedge accounting  more  closely with  risk  management. This new standard does not fundamentally change the types of 
hedging relationships or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness; however, it will provide for more hedging 
strategies that are used for risk management to qualify for hedge accounting and introduce more judgment to assess the 
effectiveness of a hedging relationship. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. 
The Company has completed its evaluation and concluded the impact of IFRS 9 on its consolidated financial statements was 
immaterial on opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2018. 

In May 2014, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”), was issued and provides guidance on the timing 
and amount of revenue that should be recognized and also requires more informative and relevant disclosures. The standard 
provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers. This standard is effective  
for annual periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company has completed its evaluation and concluded the impact of 
IFRS 15 on its consolidated financial statements was immaterial on opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2018. 

In January 2016, IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), was issued by the IASB. This standard introduces a single-lessee accounting model 
and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying 
asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset 
and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor 
accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease 
accounting model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. The new standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Company intends to adopt IFRS 16 in its financial statements for the annual period 
beginning on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach the Company will recognize 
transitional adjustments in retained earnings on the date of initial application (January 1, 2018), without restating prior periods. 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 16 on its consolidated financial statements and has begun collecting 
and cataloguing all existing leases in order to perform an initial assessment and develop a preliminary plan with respect to 
analyzing the impact of the new standard on existing leases. As such, it is not yet possible to make a reliable estimate of the 
impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2016, amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment (“IFRS 2”), were issued by the IASB. The amendments provide 
requirements on the accounting for the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled 
share-based payments, share-based payment transactions with a net settlement feature for withholding tax obligation, and 
a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the transaction from 
cash-settled to equity-settled. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The 
Company intends to adopt the amendments to IFRS 2 in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1,  
2018. The Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on the financial statements.

In  June  2017,  IFRIC  Interpretation  23,  Uncertainty  over  Income  Tax  Treatments  (“IFRIC  23”),  was  issued  by  the  IASB.  The 
Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in 
which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation requires an entity to contemplate whether uncertain 
tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions 
of the resolution to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will accept the uncertain tax treatment, and if it is not 
probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount 
or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. The Interpretation is 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Company intends to adopt IFRIC 23 in its financial 
statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019. The extent of the impact of adoption of the Interpretation has 
not been determined. 

2017 Annual Report 43

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A LY S I S 

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)

C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In particular, estimates are used when determining 
the amounts recorded for depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, outstanding 
self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, certain fair value 
measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments 
and also in the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in the businesses acquired over the fair value 
of the underlying net identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising on acquisitions. Goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles 
are not amortized but are required to be tested for impairment at least annually or if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

During the fourth quarter, the Company completed its impairment test as at September 30, 2017. Impairment testing for 
the cash-generating units (“CGU”), CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, Innovia and Container Segments was done by a comparison of 
the unit’s carrying amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting future cash flows from the continuing 
use of the unit. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include growth rates of 2.0% to 5.0% and 
pre-tax discount rates ranging from 11.0% to 19.0%. Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to 
the Segments and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital for the Segment. The Company’s historical growth 
rates are used as a basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing. Significant management judgment is 
required in preparing the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. In 
2017 and 2016, it was determined that the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles was not impaired. Since 
the process of determining fair values requires management judgment regarding projected results and market multiples, a 
change in these assumptions could impact the fair value of the reporting units, resulting in an impairment charge. 

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset may not be recoverable. Performance of this evaluation involves management estimates of the associated business 
plans, economic projections and anticipated cash flows. Specifically, management considers forecasted operating cash 
flows, which are subject to change due to economic conditions, technological changes or changes in operating performance. 
An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset held for use exceeded the discounted cash flow 
or fair value. Changes in these estimates in the future may result in an impairment charge.

Employee Benefits

The Company accrues its obligation under employee benefit plans and related costs net of plan assets. Pension costs are 
determined periodically by independent actuaries. The actuarial determination of the accrued benefit obligations for the plans 
uses the projected unit credit method and incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary escalation, retirement 
age, inflation and other actuarial factors. The cost is then charged as services are rendered. Since these assumptions, which 
are disclosed in note 19 of the consolidated financial statements, involve forward-looking estimates and are long term in 
nature, they are subject to uncertainty. Actual results may differ, and the differences may be material.

D)  Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into a number of agreements with its subsidiaries that govern the management and commercial 
and cost-sharing arrangements with and among the subsidiaries. These inter-company structures are established on terms 
typical of arm’s length agreements. A summary of the Company’s related party transactions is set out in note 26 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

44 2017 Annual Report

6.   O U T LO O K 

2017 was the Company’s fourth consecutive record financial year; revenue increased 19.6%, achieving an estimated annualized 
run-rate of $5.0 billion, and adjusted basic earnings per share improvement of 18.0% to $2.69. The Company closed on the  
$1.15  billion  Innovia  acquisition,  the  largest  in  its  history.  The  films  portion  of  the  acquisition  created  the  new  Innovia   
segment giving substance to the Company’s vertical integration initiative in polymer sciences. The security printing portion 
of the acquisition added polymer banknote substrate construction, bolstering the CCL Secure offering. 

Globally 2017 was marked by a year of natural disasters, geopolitical tensions, profound political divisions and sweeping U.S. 
tax reform. Economies in North America and Europe began to firm up whilst Asian emerging markets, particularly China, 
returned solid growth rates with volatility reemerging in Latin America. The 2018 global growth forecasts have recently been 
revised upward; with U.S. protectionist trade reforms, commodity price escalation and continued geopolitical uncertainty 
remaining in the foreground. Emerging markets are expected to show continuing strength outpacing developed markets. 
Continued focus will be given to monitoring volatile foreign currency markets; notwithstanding the current appreciation of 
the Canadian dollar to the U.S. dollar should act as a headwind to translated results while the lower U.S. dollar poses increased 
foreign transaction risks to parts of the Company’s business.

The Company in the coming year will continue to execute its global growth strategy for its CCL Segment pursuing expansion 
plans in new and existing markets with its core customers where the opportunity meets the Company’s long-term profitability 
objectives. CCL Secure will continue to develop market leading security technology to pursue long term widespread adoption 
of polymer banknotes amongst central bankers. The Company is confident this strategy will continue to generate strong 
cash flows that will support additional investment opportunities and allow CCL to further expand its geographic and market 
segment reach. 

At Avery in 2017, two more tuck-in acquisitions, GGW and Badgepoint, were folded into the Segment as it pursued its growth 
strategy. For 2018, legacy Avery printable media businesses will explore new product opportunities to capture consumer 
digital print momentum. Moreover, the six acquisitions over the past four years, all with a direct-to-consumer digital print 
offering, as well as the introduction of Avery’s own new e-commerce platform, provide a product group with higher organic 
growth rates and cross-selling opportunities. Avery will continue to find complementary acquisitions that add new territories, 
expand channels to market and complement the product offerings in the core digital print domain. 

The Checkpoint Segment had a successful 2017 delivering a return on sales of 13%, nearly in-line with the Company’s legacy 
business  only  nineteen  months  post  acquisition.  Checkpoint  has  nearly  completed  its  restructuring  initiative,  recording 
costs of $35.5 million since the date of acquisition yielding an expected $40 million in annualized savings for 2018. Further 
initiatives will be more qualitative, focusing on fine tuning manufacturing facilities, optimizing the supply chain, new product 
initiatives and building the customer base. 

The financial results for the Innovia Segment were somewhat disappointing for the Company as volatile resin prices eroded 
profit in 2017. For 2018 strategic focus will be centered on managing customer relationships through periods of cost inflation 
and further developing the customer base to take advantage of the unique properties of the Innovia-produced film. It is 
management’s belief that longer term the Innovia Segment will provide robust expertise in polymer sciences delivering 
proprietary materials across the Company.

In  2017,  the  Container  Segment  finally  shuttered  its  Canadian  facility  leaving  a  strong  stable  operating  footprint  with  a 
management team focused on optimization, innovation and market share gains. Although profitability was expected at the 
Rheinfelden slug operation in 2018, this has been delayed to 2019 due to a small fire in the facility in early 2018 that has 
temporarily closed operations and postponed installation of the final tranche of capital investment.

The Company concluded the year with cash-on-hand of $557.5 million and unused availability on the revolving credit facility 
was US$397.7 million. The Company’s aforementioned liquidity position is robust, leverage is low with a net debt leverage ratio 
of 1.85 times EBITDA at the end of the year. As always, the Company remains focused on vigilantly managing working capital 
and prioritizing capital to higher-growth organic opportunities or unique acquisitions expected to enhance shareholder value. 
The Company expects capital expenditures for 2018 to be approximately $325 million in order to support the organic growth 
and new greenfield opportunities globally. Orders so far into the first weeks of 2018 remain solid. 

2017 Annual Report 45

46

2017 Annual Report

C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

As at December 31 

Assets
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents 
  Trade and other receivables 
  Inventories 
  Prepaid expenses 
  Income taxes recoverable 
  Derivative instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Goodwill 
  Intangible assets 
  Deferred tax assets 
  Equity accounted investments 
  Other assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities
Current liabilities
  Trade and other payables 
  Current portion of long-term debt   
  Income taxes payable   

Total current liabilities  

Non-current liabilities   
  Long-term debt 
  Deferred tax liabilities  
  Employee benefits 
  Provisions and other long-term  liabilities  
  Derivative instruments  

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
  Share capital 
  Contributed surplus 
  Retained earnings 
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company 
  Commitments and contingencies 
  Acquisitions  
  Subsequent events  

  Note 

2017 

2016

$ 

$ 

557.5 
821.3 
425.1 
33.6 
13.1 
1.0 

585.1 
672.2
351.5
25.8
26.2 
0.1

1,851.6 

1,660.9 

1,514.7 
1,580.7 
1,082.7 
28.8 
54.0 
31.5 

4,292.4 

1,216.9
1,131.8
549.6
21.2
64.1
34.3

3,017.9

$ 

6,144.0 

$ 

4,678.8

$ 

1,018.4 
230.6 
50.7 

1,299.7 

2,100.8 
183.5 
333.6 
17.8 
50.7 

2,686.4 

$ 

844.5
4.2 
58.3 

907.0

1,597.1 
67.8
279.3 
52.4 
— 

1,996.6

$ 

3,986.1 

$ 

2,903.6

279.4 
78.0 
1,853.4 
(52.9) 

2,157.9 

261.4 
64.2 
1,450.5

(0.9) 

1,775.2

6 
7 
8 

23 

10 
 11,12 
 11,12 
14 
9 

13 
17 

17 
14 
19 

23 

15 

28 

25
5  
30

Total liabilities and equity 

$ 

6,144.0 

$ 

4,678.8

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

Donald G. Lang
Director

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director 

2017 Annual Report 47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   I N C O M E   S TAT E M E N T S 

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Years ended December 31 

Sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity accounted investments   

Finance cost 
Finance income 

Net finance cost 

Earnings before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings  

Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interest 

Net earnings  

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

  Note 

29 

18 
18 

21 

  2,16 

  2,16 

2017 

4,755.7 
3,319.4 

1,436.3 
751.5 
11.3 
(3.7) 

677.2 

87.4 
(12.2) 

75.2 

602.0 
127.9 

474.1 

474.1 
— 

474.1 

2.70 

2.66 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016

3,974.7
2,806.8

1,167.9
612.8
34.6
(4.5)

525.0

41.8
(3.9)

37.9

487.1
140.8

346.3

346.8
(0.5)

346.3

1.98

1.95

48

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
  Foreign currency translation adjustment for foreign operations, net of tax recovery of 

  $6.4 for the year ended December 31, 2017 (2016 – tax recovery of $0.1)  

  Net gains on hedges of net investment in foreign operations, net of tax expense of  

  $4.0 for the year ended December 31, 2017 (2016 – tax expense of $3.5)   

  Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax expense of $0.8  

  for the year ended December 31, 2017 (2016 – tax expense of $0.3) 

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement, net of tax 
  recovery of $0.3 for the year ended December 31, 2017 (2016 – tax recovery of $0.1) 
Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit post-employment plans, net of tax expense  
  of $1.8 for the year ended December 31, 2017 (2016 – tax recovery of $2.0) 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive income  

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2017 

$ 

474.1 

$ 

2016

346.3

(84.9) 

27.6  

3.8  

1.5  

9.6 

(42.4) 

431.7 

431.7 
— 

431.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(146.6)

33.0

0.7

0.3

(9.0)

(121.6)

224.7

225.2
(0.5)

224.7

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 Annual Report 49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Class A 
Shares 
(note 15) 

Class B 
Shares 
(note 15) 

Shares 
Held 
in Trust 
(note 15) 

Total 
Share 
Capital 

Contributed 
Surplus 

  Accumulated 
Other 
 Comprehensive 
Income 
(Loss) 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Equity 
Attributable 
to 
Shareholders 

Non- 
controlling 
Interest 

Total 
Equity

Balances, January 1, 2016 

$ 

 4.5  $ 

279.8  $ 

(7.4)  $ 

276.9  $ 

50.6  $ 

 1,182.7 

$ 

111.7  $ 

1,621.9 

$ 

—  $ 

1,621.9

Acquisition of shares in  
  a subsidiary from  

the non-controlling  
interest (note 5(f)) 

Net earnings 
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan  
  actuarial losses, net of tax   
Stock-based  
  compensation plan 
Shares redeemed from trust   
Shares purchased and  
  held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related  

to stock options 

Other comprehensive loss 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
6.8    

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
6.7    

(29.0)   
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
6.7  

(29.0)    
— 
6.8  

— 
— 

— 
— 

0.1 
— 

— 
— 

— 

9.8 
(6.7)   

0.2    
5.9 
(1.2)   

5.5 
— 

— 
346.8 

(4.6) 
(65.4) 

(9.0) 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

0.1 
346.8 

(4.6) 
(65.4) 

(9.0) 

9.8 
— 

(28.8) 
5.9 
5.6 

— 
(112.6) 

5.5 
(112.6) 

0.5 
(0.5)   

0.6
346.3

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

(4.6)
(65.4)

(9.0)

9.8
—

(28.8)
5.9
5.6

5.5
(112.6)

Balances,  
  December 31, 2016 

$ 

4.5  $ 

286.6  $ 

(29.7)  $ 

261.4  $  

64.2  $  1,450.5 

$  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

474.1 

$ 

$ 

(0.9)  $ 

1,775.2 

 $ 

 —  $ 

1,775.2

—  $ 

474.1 

$ 

—  $ 

474.1

Net earnings  
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan  
  actuarial gains, net of tax 
Stock-based  
  compensation plan 
Shares redeemed from trust   
Shares purchased and  
  held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Other comprehensive loss 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

3.4 
— 

— 
— 
14.6 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
0.3 

(0.3)   
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

3.4 
0.3 

(0.3) 
— 
14.6 
— 

— 
— 

— 

7.9 
— 

0.3 
8.1 
(2.5)   
— 

(5.3) 
(75.5) 

9.6 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
(52.0) 

(5.3) 
(75.5) 

9.6 

11.3 
0.3 

— 
8.1 
12.1 
(52.0) 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(5.3)
(75.5)

9.6

11.3
0.3

—
8.1
12.1
(52.0)

Balances,  
  December 31, 2017 

$  

4.5  $ 

304.6  $ 

(29.7)  $ 

279.4  $ 

78.0  $  1,853.4 

$      (52.9)  $  2,157.9 

$ 

—    $     2,157.9

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

50

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Cash provided by (used for) 

Operating activities 
Net earnings 
Adjustments for: 
  D epreciation and amortization 
  Earnings in equity accounted investments, net of dividends received 
  Net finance costs 
  Current income tax expense 
  Deferred tax expense (recovery) 
  Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
  Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

  C hange in inventories 
  Change in trade and other receivables 
  Change in prepaid expenses 
  Change in trade and other payables  
  Change in income taxes receivable and payable 
  Change in employee benefits 
  Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Cash provided by operating activities 

Financing activities 
  P roceeds on issuance of long-term debt 
  Repayment of long-term debt 
  Proceeds from issuance of shares 
  Purchase of shares held in trust  
  Dividends paid 

Cash provided by financing activities 

Investing activities 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment 
  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
  Business acquisitions and other long-term investments  (note 5) 

Cash used for investing activities 

  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
  Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2017 

2016

$ 

474.1 

$ 

346.3

259.2 
(1.2) 
75.2 
155.2 
(27.3) 
19.7 
(0.9) 

954.0 
8.1 
(36.1) 
(7.5) 
3.6 
8.4 
10.7 
(8.1) 

933.1 
(67.3) 
(154.6) 

711.2 

1,186.6 
(384.5) 
12.1 
— 
(81.2) 

733.0 

(285.7) 
12.8 
(1,191.4) 

(1,464.3) 

(20.1) 
585.1 
(7.5) 

$ 

557.5 

$ 

203.7
(1.7)
37.9
126.0
14.8
15.4
(1.4)

741.0
61.3
22.8
(4.4)
(100.1)
(2.5)
16.6
(9.9)

724.8
(36.0)
(124.8)

564.0

835.2
(302.2)
5.6
(28.8)
(70.2)

439.6

(234.7)
9.3
(571.4)

(796.8)

206.8
405.7
(27.4)

585.1

2017 Annual Report 51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

1 .    R E P O R T I N G   E N T I T Y

CCL Industries Inc. (the “Company”) is a public company, listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada. These consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31,  
2017 and 2016, comprise the results of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company’s interest in joint ventures and 
associates.  The  Company  has  manufacturing  facilities  around  the  world  and  is  primarily  involved  in  the  manufacture  of 
labels, containers, consumer printable media products, technology-driven label solutions, polymer bank note substrates 
and specialty films. 

2 .    B A S I S   O F   P R E PA R AT I O N

(a)   Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) and its interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). 

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 22, 2018.

(b)  Basis of measurement 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items in 
the statements of financial position:

•	 derivative	instruments	are	measured	at	fair	value;	

•	 financial	instruments	at	fair	value	through	profit	or	loss	are	measured	at	fair	value;	and	

•	 	assets	related	to	the	defined	benefit	plans	are	measured	at	fair	value	and	liabilities	related	to	the	defined	benefit	plans	are	

calculated by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

(c)  Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s functional currency. 
All financial information, except per share information, is presented in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

(d)  Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of recognized transactions and balances.

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgments, apart from those 
involving estimations, that can significantly affect the amounts it recognizes in the financial statements. 

Judgments, estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors 
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

The Company has applied judgment in its assessment of the classification of financial instruments, the recognition and 
derecognition of tax losses and provisions, the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the identification of the 
indicators of impairment for property and equipment and intangible assets, the level of componentization of property and 
equipment and the allocation of purchase price adjustments on business combinations. 

Estimates  are  used  when  determining  the  amounts  recorded  for  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment and intangible assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income 
and other taxes, provisions, certain fair value measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, 
share-based payments and financial instruments and also in the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

(e)  Stock split

On June 5, 2017, the Company effected a 5:1 stock split on its shares of common stock (Class A and Class B). Unless otherwise 
noted, impacted amounts and share information included in the financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively 
adjusted for the stock split as if such stock split occurred on the first day of the first period presented. Certain amounts in 
the notes to the financial statements may be slightly different than previously reported due to rounding of fractional shares 
as a result of the stock split.

52

2017 Annual Report

3 .    S I G N I F I C A N T   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all comparative information presented in these 
consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations

The  Company  measures  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  including  the  recognized  amount  of 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase 
gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company elects to measure, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, non-
controlling interest either at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets 
at the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the 
Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

(ii)  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, when necessary, 
to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.

(iii)  Associates and joint arrangements

The Company’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates and joint ventures.

Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial 
and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 50% of the 
voting power of another entity. 

The Company classifies its interest in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Company has rights to the assets, 
and has obligations for the liabilities, relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Company has the rights only to the 
net assets of an arrangement). When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, the 
legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.

Investments  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  and  are  recognized  initially  at 
cost. The Company’s investments include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of 
equity accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date 
that significant influence commences until the date that it ceases. When the Company’s share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to nil 
and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has made 
payments on behalf of the investee.

(iv)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Inter-company balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from inter-company transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity 
accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company’s interest in the investee. Unrealized 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

2017 Annual Report 53

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(b)  Foreign currency

(i)  Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company’s entities using 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
reporting date are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in the foreign currency translated 
at the exchange rate at the end of the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are  measured  at  fair  value  are  translated  to  the  functional  currency  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  date  that  the  fair  value 
was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in the income statement, except for 
differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation, 
or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (see note 3(b)(iii)). Foreign 
currency-denominated non-monetary items, measured at historical cost, have been translated at the rate of exchange at the 
transaction date.

(ii)  Foreign operations

The financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are 
translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations 
are translated into Canadian dollars using the average exchange rates for the period.

Foreign  currency  differences  are  recognized  directly  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  within  the  foreign 
currency translation adjustment.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the amount in other comprehensive income related to the foreign operation is fully 
transferred to the income statement. A disposal occurs when the entire interest in the foreign operation is disposed of, or, in 
the case of a partial disposal, the partial disposal results in the loss of control of a subsidiary or the loss of significant influence. 
For any partial disposal of the Company’s interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the Company re-attributes 
the proportionate share of the relevant amounts in other comprehensive income to non-controlling interests. For any other 
partial disposal of a foreign operation, the Company reclassifies to the income statement only the proportionate share of the 
relevant amount in other comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the 
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in 
a foreign operation and are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within the foreign currency 
translation adjustment.

(iii)  Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation

The Company applies hedge accounting to the foreign currency exposure arising between the functional currency of the 
foreign operation and the parent entity’s functional currency, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly or 
through an intermediate parent.

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a 
foreign operation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income, to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the income statement. When the hedged part of a net 
investment is disposed of or partially disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is transferred to the income 
statement as an adjustment to the income statement on disposal in accordance with the policy described in note 3(b)(ii).

(c)  Financial instruments 

(i)  Non-derivative financial instruments

Non-derivative  financial  instruments  comprise  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  and  other  receivables,  trade  and  other 
payables and long-term debt.

Non-derivative financial instruments are recognized initially at fair value, plus any directly attributable transaction costs, for 
instruments not at fair value through profit or loss. Subsequent to initial recognition, non-derivative financial instruments are 
measured as described below.

54

2017 Annual Report

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and trade and other payables approximate 
their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such 
assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. 

Loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables. The carrying value of trade and other receivables is net of an 
allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance is based upon the aging of the receivables, the Company’s knowledge of the 
financial condition of its customers, historical experience and the current business environment.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and short-term investments with original maturity dates of 90 days or less.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

An instrument is classified at fair value through profit or loss if it is held for trading or is designated as such upon initial 
recognition.  Financial  instruments  are  designated  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  if  the  Company  manages  such 
investments and makes purchase and sale decisions based on their fair value in accordance with the Company’s documented 
risk management or investment strategy. Upon initial recognition, the attributable transaction costs are recognized in the 
income statement when incurred. Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and 
changes therein are recognized in the income statement.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale, are not classified 
in any of the previous categories and are included in other assets.

These items are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs and are subsequently carried at fair value with changes 
recognized in other comprehensive income. When an investment is derecognized, the accumulated gain or loss recognized 
in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement.

Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Company initially recognizes debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. All 
other financial liabilities (including liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) are recognized initially on the trade 
date at which the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The Company derecognizes a 
financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expire. 

Financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Fair value, which 
is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, 
discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. For finance leases, the market rate of interest is determined 
by reference to similar lease agreements.

(ii)  Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest-rate-risk exposure and price-
risk exposure related to the purchase of raw materials. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and 
accounted for separately. If the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are 
not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a 
derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through the income statement.

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and 
hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with 
the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes an assessment, 
both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected 
to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the 
period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80% to 125%. 
For a cash flow hedge of a forecast transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an 
exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income. 

2017 Annual Report 55

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are accounted for as described 
below.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price, if available. If a listed market price is not 
available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current 
forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting 
estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for a similar 
instrument at the measurement date.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the group 
entity and counterparty when appropriate.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the 
effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented 
in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit 
or loss in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the statement of 
comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized 
immediately in the income statement.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires, or is sold, terminated, exercised, or 
the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in unrealized gains or losses on cash flow hedges in equity remains 
there until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized 
in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in 
profit or loss. In other cases, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement 
in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments. Changes 
in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement together with 
any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

Separable embedded derivatives

Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in the income statement.

(d)  Property, plant and equipment

(i)  Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working 
condition for their intended use, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they 
are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of that 
equipment. 

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on the amount for 
which a property could be exchanged on the date of valuation between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length 
transaction.

Borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the cost 
of the assets.  

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items 
(major components) of property, plant and equipment.

56

2017 Annual Report

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the income statement.

The cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is 
probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant 
and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii)  Depreciation 

Depreciation is calculated based on the cost of the asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value. 

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of 
property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic 
benefits embodied in the asset. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless 
it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

•	

•	

•	

•	

	 buildings		

	 machinery	and	equipment		

	 fixtures	and	fittings		

	 minor	components		

	Up	to	40	years	

	Up	to	15	years	

	Up	to	10	years	

	Up	to	5	years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 

(e)  Intangible assets

(i)  Goodwill

Goodwill  arises  on  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  and  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For measurement of goodwill at initial recognition, 
see note 3(a)(i).

Subsequent measurement

Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity accounted investments, the carrying 
amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment.

(ii)  Other intangible assets

Intangible  assets  consist  of  patents,  trademarks,  brands,  software  and  the  value  of  acquired  customer  relationships. 
Impairment losses for intangible assets where the carrying value is not recoverable are measured based on fair value. Fair 
value is calculated by using discounted cash flows. 

The fair values of customer relationships acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess 
earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part of creating 
the related cash flows. 

The fair values of brands acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess earnings method 
or the relief of royalty method, whereby the value of the brand is equal to the royalty savings from having ownership as 
opposed to licensing the brand. 

Amortization is recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, 
other than indefinite-life intangible assets, such as brands and goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The 
estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years are as follows: 

•	

•	

	 patents,	trademarks	and	other	

	 customer	relationships	

	Up	to	15	years

	Up	to	20	years

2017 Annual Report 57

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(f)  Leases

Leases for which the Company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 
Upon initial recognition, the leased asset is measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of 
the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance with the accounting 
policy applicable to that asset.

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance cost and the reduction of the 
outstanding liability. The finance cost is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Assets under operating leases are not recognized in the Company’s statement of financial position.

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
lease. Lease incentives received are recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

(g)  Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, first-
out principle and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other 
costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in 
progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion 
and selling.

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the 
effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

Estimates regarding obsolete and slow-moving inventory are also computed.

(h)  Impairment

(i)  Financial assets, including receivables

A financial asset not carried at fair value through the income statement is assessed at each reporting date to determine 
whether there is any objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence 
indicates that one or more events have occurred after the initial recognition of the asset that have a negative effect on the 
estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

The Company considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investment securities at 
both a specific asset and a collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investment 
securities  are  assessed  for  specific  impairment.  All  individually  significant  loans  and  receivables  and  held-to-maturity 
investment securities found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been 
incurred but not yet identified. 

In assessing collective impairment, the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and 
the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are 
such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than those suggested by historical trends. 

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its 
carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate 
and reflected in an allowance account against accounts receivable. Losses are recognized in the income statement. When a 
subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through 
profit or loss.

An impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value and is recognized 
by transferring the cumulative loss that has been recognized in other comprehensive income, and presented in unrealized 
gains or losses on available-for-sale financial assets in equity, to profit or loss. The cumulative loss that is removed from other 
comprehensive income and recognized in profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any principal 
repayment and amortization, and the current fair value, less any impairment loss previously recognized in profit or loss. 

An impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was 
recognized. For financial assets measured at amortized cost and for available-for-sale financial assets that are debt securities, 
the reversal is recognized in the income statement. For available-for-sale financial assets that are equity securities, the reversal 
is recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

58

2017 Annual Report

(ii)  Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting 
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the impairment would be 
recognized in the income statement. 

Impairments are recorded when the recoverable amount of assets is less than their carrying amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of an asset’s or a cash-generating unit’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in 
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, 
assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows 
from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. For the purposes 
of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the CGU, or the group of CGUs, 
that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment ceiling 
test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. An impairment loss is 
recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are 
recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses, other than those relating to goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals 
when events or changes in circumstances warrant such consideration. 

The carrying values of finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite life 
intangibles are tested annually for impairment. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior 
years are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the losses have decreased or no longer exist. An impairment 
loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss 
is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an equity accounted investment is not recognized separately and therefore 
is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the equity accounted investment is tested for impairment 
as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the equity accounted investment may be impaired.

(i)  Employee benefits

(i)  Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the income statement in the period that the 
service is rendered by the employee.

(ii)  Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company’s net obligation 
in respect of defined benefit post-employment plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future 
benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to 
determine its present value using a discount rate comparable to high-quality corporate bonds. Any unrecognized past service 
costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the 
projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the recognized asset is limited to the 
total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future 
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit is available to the Company if it 
is realizable during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is 
recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. To the 
extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognized immediately in the income statement.

The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive 
income immediately and reports them in retained earnings.

2017 Annual Report 59

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

The Company determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the discount 
rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit 
liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the period as a result of the contributions 
and benefit balances. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are recognized in profit 
or loss. Previously, interest income on plan assets was based on their long-term expected return. 

(iii)  Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility 
of  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan  to  either  terminate  employment  before  the  normal  retirement  date  or  provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary 
redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that 
the  offer  will  be  accepted  and  the  number  of  acceptances  can  be  estimated  reliably.  If  benefits  are  payable  more  than  
12 months after the reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. 

(iv)  Short-term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized as the related service 
is provided.

(v)  Share-based payment transactions

For equity-settled share-based plans, the grant date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an employee 
expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options for which the related 
service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met. The fair value of employee stock options is measured 
using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement date, the exercise price of 
the instrument, the expected volatility, the weighted average expected life of the instrument, the expected dividends, and 
the risk-free interest rate. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into 
account in determining fair value.

For equity-settled share-based deferred share unit (“DSU”) plans, the grant date fair value of deferred share units is recognized 
as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The grant date fair value is not subsequently remeasured. 
The value of DSUs received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel expense in the income statement. 

For cash-settled share-based DSU plans, the fair value of the amount payable for deferred share units is recognized as an 
expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities when they are issued. The fair value of a DSU is measured using the 
average of the high and low trading prices of the Class B shares for the five trading days immediately preceding the date 
of issue and is remeasured, using a similar five-day average, at the financial statement date and at the settlement date. Any 
changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as a personnel expense in the income statement. The value of DSUs 
received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel cost in the income statement. 

(j)  Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions 
are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost. 

(k)  Revenue

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of returns, trade discounts and volume 
rebates.  Revenue  is  recognized  and  related  costs  transferred  to  cost  of  sales  when  the  significant  risks  and  rewards  of 
ownership have been transferred to the buyer, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible 
return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount 
of revenue can be measured reliably. Generally, this would be at the time goods are shipped, product is delivered or services 
rendered.  At  that  time,  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  the  price  to  the  customer  is  fixed  and  ultimate 
collection is reasonably assured. A provision for sales returns and allowances is recognized when the underlying products 
are sold. The provision is based on an evaluation of products currently under quality assurance review as well as historical 
sales returns experience.

For agreements that contain multiple deliverables, each element is treated as a separate unit for revenue recognition purposes. 
For these agreements, total consideration is allocated to each unit based on its relative fair value. Revenue is then recognized 
for each unit when the relevant recognition criteria are met.

60

2017 Annual Report

(l)  Finance income and costs

Finance  income  comprises  interest  income  on  invested  funds  including  available-for-sale  financial  assets,  gains  on  the 
disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, 
and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in the income statement. Interest income is recognized as it accrues 
in the income statement, using the effective interest method. 

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging 
instruments that are recognized in the income statement. All borrowing costs are recognized in the income statement using 
the effective interest method, except for those amounts capitalized as part of the cost of qualifying property, plant and 
equipment.

(m)  Taxation 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the income statement except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In such cases, the 
tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

(i)  Current tax

Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are not taxable or not deductible. Current 
tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and 
includes any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in 
tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. Provisions are established 
where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

(ii)   Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates and laws 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and which are expected to apply when 
the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.

(iii)  Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized 
for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

(iv)  Deferred tax assets

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed 
at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. 

Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill or in respect of 
temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets and liabilities acquired other than in a business combination 
and that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

(n)  Share capital

All shares are recorded as equity. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes 
directly attributable costs, net of any tax effect, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as 
treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When repurchased shares are sold or reissued subsequently, 
the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred 
to retained earnings.

(o)  Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its Class B shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 
dividing the profit or loss attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to shareholders and the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which primarily comprise share options 
granted to employees.

2017 Annual Report 61

 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(p)  Segment reporting

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Company that is engaged either in providing related products (business 
segment) or in providing products within a particular economic environment (geographical segment) and that is subject 
to risks and returns that are different from those of other segments. Segment information is presented in respect of the 
Company’s business and geographical segments. The Company’s primary format for segment reporting is based on business 
segments. The business segments are determined based on the Company’s management and internal reporting structure.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly other investments and related revenue, loans and borrowings 
and related expenses, corporate assets (primarily the Company’s headquarters) and head office expenses. Segment capital 
expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, other 
than goodwill.

(q)  New accounting standards effective in 2017

In January 2016, the IASB issued amendments to clarify the requirements for recognizing deferred tax assets on unrealized 
losses. The amendments clarify the accounting for deferred tax where an asset is measured at fair value and that fair value 
is below the asset’s tax base. They also clarify certain other aspects of accounting for deferred tax assets. The amendments 
became effective for the Company on January 1, 2017 and did not have any impact on its financial statements.

In  January  2016,  the  IASB  issued  an  amendment  to  IAS  7,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows,  introducing  additional  disclosure 
requirements for liabilities arising from financing activities. The amendments became effective for the Company on January 1,  
2017 and the additional disclosure has been included in the supplemental cash flow information (note 17) accordingly. 

(r)  New standards and interpretations not yet effective

In July 2014, the complete IFRS 9, Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”), was issued by the IASB. IFRS 9 introduces new requirements 
for the classification and measurement of financial assets. Under IFRS 9, financial assets are classified and measured based 
on the business model in which they are held and the characteristics of their contractual cash flows. The standard introduces 
additional changes relating to financial liabilities. It also amends the impairment model by introducing a new “expected 
credit loss” model for calculating impairment. IFRS 9 also includes a new general hedge accounting standard that aligns 
hedge accounting  more  closely with  risk  management. This new standard does not fundamentally change the types of 
hedging relationships or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness; however, it will provide for more hedging 
strategies that are used for risk management to qualify for hedge accounting and introduce more judgment to assess the 
effectiveness of a hedging relationship. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. 
The Company has completed its evaluation and concluded the impact of IFRS 9 on its consolidated financial statements was 
immaterial on opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2018. 

In May 2014, IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”), was issued and provides guidance on the timing 
and amount of revenue that should be recognized and also requires more informative and relevant disclosures. The standard 
provides a single, principles-based five-step model to be applied to all contracts with customers. This standard is effective for 
annual periods beginning on January 1, 2018. The Company has completed its evaluation and concluded the impact of IFRS 
15 on its consolidated financial statements was immaterial on opening retained earnings as at January 1, 2018. 

In January 2016, IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), was issued by the IASB. This standard introduces a single-lessee accounting model 
and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying 
asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset 
and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor 
accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease 
accounting model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. The new standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Company intends to adopt IFRS 16 in its financial statements for the annual period 
beginning on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. Under this approach the Company will recognize 
transitional adjustments in retained earnings on the date of initial application (January 1, 2018), without restating prior periods. 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 16 on its consolidated financial statements and has begun collecting 
and cataloguing all existing leases in order to perform an initial assessment and develop a preliminary plan with respect to 
analyzing the impact of the new standard on existing leases. As such, it is not yet possible to make a reliable estimate of the 
impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

62

2017 Annual Report

In June 2016, the amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment (“IFRS 2”), was issued by the IASB. The amendments provide 
requirements on the accounting for the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled 
share-based payments, share-based payment transactions with a net settlement feature for withholding tax obligation, and 
a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the transaction from 
cash-settled to equity-settled. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The 
Company intends to adopt the amendments to IFRS 2 in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1,  
2018. The Company does not expect the amendments to have a material impact on the financial statements.

In  June  2017,  IFRIC  Interpretation  23,  Uncertainty  over  Income  Tax  Treatments  (“IFRIC  23”),  was  issued  by  the  IASB.  The 
interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in 
which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation requires an entity to contemplate whether uncertain 
tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions 
of the resolution, to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will accept the uncertain tax treatment, and if it is not 
probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount 
or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. The interpretation is 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Company intends to adopt the IFRIC 23 in its financial 
statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019. The extent of the impact of adoption of the interpretation has 
not been determined. 

4 .   S E G M E N T   R E P O R T I N G

Business segments

As a result of the acquisition of Innovia, a new reportable segment was created for Innovia’s film operation and Innovia’s 
security operation is included within the newly named CCL (formerly CCL Label) Segment. The Company has five reportable 
segments, as described below, which are the Company’s main business units. The business units offer a variety of products 
and services, and are managed separately as they require different technology and marketing strategies. For each of the 
business units, the Company’s CEO, the chief operating decision maker, reviews internal management reports regularly. 

The Company’s reportable segments are:

•	 	CCL	–	Includes	the	production	of	pressure	sensitive	and	extruded	film	materials	for	a	wide	range	of	decorative,	instructional	and	
functional applications for large global customers in the consumer packaging, healthcare, automotive and consumer durables 
markets. Extruded and laminated plastic tubes, folded instructional leaflets, precision printed and die cut metal components 
with LED displays and other complementary products and services are sold in parallel to specific end-user markets.

•	 	Avery	–	Includes	the	manufacturing	and	selling	of	various	consumer	products,	including	labels,	binders,	dividers,	sheet	

protectors and writing instruments in North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific and Europe. 

•	 	Checkpoint	–	Includes	the	manufacturing	and	selling	of	technology-driven,	loss-prevention,	inventory	management	and	
labelling solutions, including radio-frequency (“RF”) and radio-frequency identification-based (“RFID”), to the retail and 
apparel industry.

•	 	Innovia	–	Includes	the	manufacturing	of	specialty	high-performance,	multi-layer,	surface-engineered	specialty	films	for	

label, packaging and security applications.

•	 	Container	–	Includes	the	manufacturing	of	specialty	containers	for	the	consumer	products	industry	in	North	America,	
including Mexico. The key product line is recyclable aluminum aerosol cans and bottles for the personal care, home care 
and cosmetic industries, plus shaped aluminum bottles for the beverage market.

2017 Annual Report 63

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Container 

Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity accounted investments   
Finance cost 
Finance income 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings 

Operating Income

$ 

$ 

2017 

2,823.1 
752.9 
675.2 
308.2 
196.3 

Sales 

2016 

2,497.6 
787.7 
459.0 
— 
230.4 

$ 

$ 

2017 

444.8 
164.5 
87.4 
14.6 
26.2 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

3,974.7 

$ 

 737.5 

$ 

(52.7) 
(11.3) 
3.7 
(87.4) 
12.2 
 (127.9) 

2016

378.0
166.8 
28.2 
—
30.3

603.3

(48.2)
(34.6)
4.5
(41.8)
3.9
(140.8)

$ 

 474.1 

$ 

346.3

Total Assets 

Total Liabilities

Depreciation 
and Amortization 

Capital Expenditures

2017 

2016 

  2017 

2016 

2017  

2016 

2017 

$ 

3,172.9  $ 
593.4   
941.0   
751.5   
140.1   

2,451.9  $ 
566.6 
935.8 
— 
156.1 

775.4  $ 
197.1   
417.4   
160.5   
46.2   

639.5  $ 
201.3   
441.8   
—   
42.3   

172.5  $ 
16.1   
29.0   
27.4   
13.3   

152.6  $ 
16.1   
18.7   
—   
15.3   

218.6  $ 
13.8   
23.3   
10.9   
18.7    

54.0   
491.1   

64.1 
504.3 

—    
2,389.5   

—   
1,578.7   

—    
0.9   

—   
1.0   

—    
0.4    

2016

194.8
16.2
5.9
—
17.8

—
—

CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Container 
Equity accounted
investments  

Corporate 

Total 

$ 

6,144.0  $ 

4,678.8  $ 

3,986.1  $  2,903.6  $ 

259.2  $ 

203.7  $ 

285.7  $ 

234.7

Geographical segments

The CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, Innovia and Container Segments are managed on a worldwide basis but operate in the following 
geographical areas:

•	 Canada;

•	 United	States	and	Puerto	Rico;

•	 Mexico,	Brazil,	Chile	and	Argentina;

•	 Europe;	and

•	 Asia,	Australia,	Africa	and	New	Zealand.

Canada 
United States and Puerto Rico 
Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina 
Europe 
Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand 

$ 

$ 

2017 

159.6 
1,876.7 
293.5 
1,597.9 
828.0 

Sales 

2016 

194.6 
1,829.2 
261.8 
1,122.0 
567.1 

Property, Plant and  
 Equipment and Goodwill

$ 

$ 

2017 

44.9 
830.4 
300.6 
1,308.2 
611.3 

2016

91.8
856.9 
191.5
873.7
334.8

Consolidated 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

3,974.7 

$ 

3,095.4 

$ 

2,348.7

The geographical segment is determined by the location from which the sale is made.

64

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   AC Q U I S I T I O N S 

(a)  Acquisition of Innovia Group of Companies

In February 2017, the Company completed the share acquisition of Innovia Group of Companies (“Innovia”) for approximately 
$1.15 billion. Innovia is a leading global manufacturer of biaxially oriented polypropylene films supplying highly differentiated 
specialty products to the packaging, labels, and securities markets. The Innovia acquisition expands the Company’s security 
products, customers, markets and technology. Innovia’s film operation is included within the newly created Innovia segment. 
Innovia’s security operation is included within the CCL (formerly CCL Label) segment.

Total cash consideration, net of cash acquired of $28.4 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other assets 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative instruments   
Employee benefits  
Deferred tax liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

1,153.2

106.2
78.5
227.9
11.7
466.4
545.6
(151.2)
(5.3)
(43.8)
(82.8)

 $  

1,153.2

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets required. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of operations. The 
total amount of goodwill and intangibles for Innovia is $1,012.0 million and is not deductible for tax purposes.

(b)  Other acquisitions

In April 2017, the Company acquired Goed Gemerkt B.V. and Goed Gewerkt B.V. (collectively referred to as “Goed Gemerkt”), 
two privately owned companies with common shareholders in Utrecht, Netherlands, for approximately $23.0 million, net of 
cash acquired. Goed Gemerkt has expanded Avery’s depth in the personalized “kids labels” sector.

In April 2017, the Company acquired badgepoint GmbH, badgetech GmbH and Name Tag Systems Inc. (collectively referred to 
as “Badgepoint”), three privately owned companies with common shareholders based in Hamburg, Germany, for approximately 
$5.6 million, net of cash acquired. Badgepoint has expanded Avery’s portfolio in web-to-print technologies internationally.

In October 2017, the Company announced it had acquired the remaining 37.5% minority interest in its Acrus CCL venture 
(“Acrus”) for approximately $6.3 million in cash. 

In 2017, the Company and its joint-venture partner invested an additional $3.3 million in Rheinfelden Americas, LLC, a supplier 
of aluminum slugs for aerosol cans. 

 (c)  Revenue and profit from acquirees

The following table summarizes the combined sales and earnings that the newly acquired Innovia, Goed Gemerkt, Badgepoint 
and Acrus have contributed to the Company for the current reporting period.

Sales 

Net earnings 

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2017

$ 

$ 

495.4

25.2

2017 Annual Report 65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(d)   Pro forma information

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information below has been prepared following the accounting policies of 
the Company as if the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not 
necessarily indicative of the results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the pro forma 
events  taken  place  on  the  dates  indicated,  or  the  future  consolidated  results  of  operations  or  financial  position  of  the 
consolidated company. Future results may vary significantly from the pro forma results presented. 

The historical consolidated financial information has been adjusted in preparing the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial 
information to give effect to events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with 
respect to revenues and earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of CCL Industries Inc. As such, the 
impact from acquisition related expenses is not included in the accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial 
information. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information does not reflect any cost savings (or associated costs 
to achieve such savings) from operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructuring that could result from the acquisitions. 

The following table summarizes the sales and earnings of the Company combined with Innovia, Goed Gemerkt, Badgepoint 
and Acrus as though the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2017.

Sales 

Net earnings 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 2017

$ 

$ 

4,873.7

498.9

(e)  Acquisition of Checkpoint Systems, Inc.

In May 2016, the Company completed the share acquisition of Checkpoint Systems, Inc. (“CSI”) for $531.9 million. CSI is a 
leading manufacturer of technology-driven, loss prevention, inventory management and labelling solutions, including radio-
frequency (“RF”) and radio-frequency identification-based (“RFID”), to the retail and apparel industry. The CSI acquisition was 
a strategic opportunity leveraging the Company’s deep capabilities in labels. 

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
Assumed debt 

Total consideration 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other assets 
Goodwill  
Intangible assets 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 
Employee benefits 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

$  

440.5
91.4

531.9

146.1
137.7
105.4
8.2
194.1
321.3
(199.0)
(22.1)
(127.4)
(8.1)
(24.3)

 $  

531.9

During the year, the Company completed its assessment of the fair market value of the assets and liabilities acquired. As a 
result of the assessment, property, plant and equipment increased by $3.9 million, other assets increased by $3.9 million, 
brands increased by $103.9 million, customer relationships increased by $18.1 million, income taxes payable increased by  
$1.2  million,  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  increased  by  $39.0  million  related  to  the  aforementioned  adjustments,  with  the 
resulting net impact to goodwill since December 31, 2016.

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies from combining operations and expertise in 
smart-label products. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

66

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(f)  Summary of 2016 acquisitions

In January 2016, the Company acquired Woelco AG (“Woelco”), a privately owned company in Stuttgart, Germany, with 
subsidiaries in China and the United States, for approximately $21.7 million, net of cash acquired. Woelco has expanded CCL’s 
depth in the industrial and automotive durable goods market.

In January 2016, the Company acquired Label Art Ltd. and Label Art Digital Ltd. (collectively referred to as “LAL”), two privately 
owned companies with common shareholders based in Dublin, Ireland, for approximately $13.6 million, net of cash acquired. 
LAL expanded CCL’s business in Ireland and the U.K. 

In	February	2016,	the	Company	acquired	Zephyr	Company	Limited	of	Singapore,	and	its	Malaysian	subsidiaries	in	Penang	and	
Johor	(collectively	referred	to	as	“Zephyr”),	from	multiple	private	shareholders	for	approximately	$40.9	million,	net	of	cash	
acquired.	Zephyr	expanded	CCL’s	presence	within	the	electronics	industry	to	southeast	Asia.

In March 2016, the Company acquired the shares of Powerpress Rotulos & Etiquetas Adesivas LTDA (“Powerpress”), a privately 
owned  company  in  Sao  Paolo,  Brazil,  for  approximately  $11.4  million,  net  of  cash  acquired.  Powerpress  enhances  CCL’s 
product offering in South America.

In July 2016, the Company acquired the shares of Eukerdruck GmbH & Co. KG and Pharma Druck CDM GmbH (collectively 
referred to as “Euker”), two privately own companies with common shareholders owning plants in Marburg and Dresden, 
Germany, for approximately $30.0 million, net of cash acquired and assumed debt. Euker has expanded CCL’s presence with 
pharmaceutical companies in German-speaking countries.

In August 2016, the Company acquired the shares of Labelone Ltd. (“Label1”), a privately held company based in Belfast, 
Northern Ireland, for approximately $17.5 million, net of cash acquired and assumed debt. Label1 will maximize opportunities 
in an important country for the Healthcare business in Europe.

In January 2016, the Company invested $6.0 million in cash to increase its interest from 50% to 75% in its tube manufacturing 
joint venture in Bangkok, Thailand, with Taisei Kako Co. Ltd of Japan (“Taisei”), resulting in Taisei becoming a subsidiary of 
the Company as a result of the change in control. In August 2016, the Company acquired the remaining 25% interest for 
proceeds of $1.9 million.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed	for	the	Woelco,	LAL,	Zephyr,	Powerpress,	Euker,	Label1	and	Taisei	acquisitions:

Cash consideration 
Assumed debt 

Total consideration 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other long-term assets   
Goodwill and intangibles 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

$  

126.1
10.9

137.0

23.5
14.6
0.8
45.6
0.4
92.9
(28.0)
 (1.0)
 (5.3)
(6.5)

 $  

137.0

2017 Annual Report 67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

6.   C A S H   A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S

Bank balances 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments  

Cash and cash equivalents 

7.   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S

Trade receivables  
Other receivables 

Trade and other receivables 

8 .   I N V E N TO R I E S

Raw material 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Total inventories 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

513.0 
7.3 
37.2 

557.5 

$  

$ 

546.2
3.2
35.7

585.1

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$  

$ 

754.8 
66.5 

821.3 

$ 

$ 

630.5
41.7 

672.2 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$  

$ 

161.2 
50.5 
213.4 

425.1 

$  

$  

129.9 
31.3 
190.3 

351.5 

The total amount of inventories recognized as an expense in 2017 was $3,319.4 million (2016 – $2,806.9 million), including 
depreciation of $209.7 million (2016 – $178.6 million). 

9.   E Q U I T Y   AC C O U N T E D   I N V E S T M E N T S 

Summary financial information for equity accounted investments, including joint ventures and associates, not adjusted for 
the percentage ownership held by the Company is as follows:

At December 31, 2017
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

At December 31, 2016
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.0 
(1.2) 

2.8 

25.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.3 
(4.2) 

(0.9) 

28.6 

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

1.6 
4.3 

5.9 

24.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.2 
(8.3) 

(1.1) 

40.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.3
(5.4)

1.9

54.0

Total

8.8
(4.0)

4.8 

64.1

68

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 0.  P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2016 
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

Land and  
Buildings 

486.7 
72.0 
50.7 
(8.3) 
(24.1) 

Machinery  
and  
Equipment 

Fixtures, 
Fittings  
and Other 

$ 

$ 

1,687.3 
75.6 
180.1 
(35.2) 
(102.3) 

$ 

26.7 
2.5 
3.9 
(0.4) 
(1.3) 

Total 

2,200.7
150.1
234.7
(43.9)
(127.7)

Balance at December 31, 2016 

$ 

577.0 

$ 

1,805.5 

$ 

31.4 

$ 

2,413.9

Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance at January 1, 2016 
Depreciation for the year 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

64.4 
42.8 
(1.9) 
1.0 

683.3 

140.9 
22.5 
(3.2) 
(5.1) 

$ 

$ 

177.7 
238.1 
(77.7) 
(56.1) 

2,087.5 

957.8 
152.4 
(32.5) 
(54.1) 

$ 

$ 

1.5 
4.8 
(0.1) 
(0.8) 

36.8 

16.5 
3.7 
(0.3) 
(1.6) 

$ 

$ 

243.6
285.7 
(79.7)
(55.9)

2,807.6

1,115.2
178.6
(36.0)
(60.8)

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

$ 

155.1 

$ 

1,023.6 

$ 

18.3 

$ 

1,197.0

Depreciation for the year 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2016 
At December 31, 2017   

27.2 
(1.5) 
(1.5) 

179.3 

421.9 
504.0 

$ 

$ 
$ 

178.5 
(66.1) 
(43.4) 

1,092.6 

781.9 
994.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.0 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 

21.0 

13.1 
15.8 

$ 

$ 
$ 

209.7
(67.8)
(46.0)

1,292.9

1,216.9
1,514.7

2017 Annual Report 69

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

1 1 .   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S 

  Customer 
 Relationships 

Cost  
Balance at  January 1, 2016   
$ 
Acquisitions through  business combinations   
Additions 
Effect of movements in  exchange rates   

178.6 
192.3 
— 
(9.6) 

Patents,  
Trademarks  
and Other 

$ 

21.6 
12.5 
1.0 
(1.5) 

Brands 

 Total 

Goodwill

$ 

$ 

177.7 
93.3 
— 
(2.4) 

$ 

377.9 
298.1 
1.0 
(13.5) 

876.8 
291.4
—
(36.4)

Balance at  December 31, 2016 

$ 

361.3  

$ 

33.6  

$ 

 268.6 

$ 

663.5  

$ 

1,131.8 

Acquisitions through  business combinations   
Effect of movements in  exchange rates   

Balance at  December 31, 2017 

Amortization and impairment losses   
Balance at  January 1, 2016   
Amortization for the year   
Effect of movements  in exchange rates   

Balance at  December 31, 2016 

Amortization for the year   
Effect of movements  in exchange rates   

Balance at  December 31, 2017 

Carrying amounts   
At December 31, 2016 
At December 31, 2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

280.0 
(4.1) 

 637.2 

73.9 
22.3 
(2.5) 

93.7 

40.3 
0.4 

134.4 

267.6 
502.8 

157.5 
(9.1) 

$ 

 182.0 

$ 

18.7  
2.8 
(1.3) 

$ 

20.2 

9.2 
(2.3) 

27.1 

13.4 
154.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

169.4 
(13.0) 

425.0  

—  
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

268.6 
425.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

606.9 
(26.2) 

475.6
(26.7)

1,244.2 

$ 

 1,580.7

$ 

$ 

$ 

92.6  
25.1 
(3.8) 

$ 

113.9 

$ 

49.5 
(1.9) 

161.5 

549.6 
1,082.7 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
—
—

—

—
—

—

1,131.8 
1,580.7

1 2 .   G O O DW I L L   A N D   I N D E F I N I T E - L I F E   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are allocated to the Company’s operating 
segments, which represent the lowest level within the Company at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management 
purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to each unit are as follows:

Goodwill 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 
  Container 

Indefinite-life intangible assets – brands 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

70

2017 Annual Report

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,052.4 
118.7 
192.8 
204.0 
12.8 

1,580.7 

188.4 
181.6 
55.0 

425.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

742.7
105.0
271.3
—
12.8

1,131.8

184.0
84.6
—

268.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment  testing  for  goodwill  and  indefinite-life  intangible  assets  was  done  by  a  comparison  of  the  asset’s  carrying 
amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting the CGUs future cash flows. Key assumptions used in the 
determination of the value in use include a growth rate of 2%–5%, and a pre-tax discount rate of 11%–19%. Discount rates 
reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital. 
The Company’s historical growth rates are used as a basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing.

The Company completed its impairment testing as at September 30, 2017.

The estimated value in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, Innovia and Container assets exceeded their carrying values. As a 
result, no goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets impairment was recorded.

1 3 .   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   PAYA B L E S

Trade payables 
Other payables 

Trade and other payables 

1 4 .  D E F E R R E D   TA X

(a)  Unrecognized deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:

Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 
Income tax credits 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

551.7 
466.7 

$ 

1,018.4 

 $ 

452.9
391.6 

844.5 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

16.4 
77.6 
7.1 

21.6
63.1
73.2

$  

 101.1 

$ 

157.9 

The unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses of $20.1 million will expire between 2018 and 2027, $6.8 million will expire 
beyond 2027 and $50.7 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under 
current tax legislation. Income tax credits of $7.1 million will expire between 2018 and 2027 and relates mainly to foreign tax 
credits in the United States. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable 
that future taxable income will be available against which the Company can utilize the benefits therefrom. 

2017 Annual Report

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(b)  Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets 

Liabilities 

  Net (Assets) Liabilities

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016 

 December 31,  
2017 

 December 31, 
2016

$ 

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and  other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

6.4 
— 
1.4 
11.5 
56.0 
13.5 

14.6 
31.2 
22.7 
— 

$ 

5.3 
14.4 
0.5 
15.9 
57.9 
18.7 

29.5 
29.5 
31.6 
9.4 

Balance before offset 

Offset of tax 

157.3 

(128.5) 

212.7 

(191.5) 

$ 

$ 

52.4 
253.2 
0.4 
0.3 
— 
— 

— 
5.7 
— 
— 

312.0 

(128.5) 

72.7 
165.2 
7.2 
0.3 
— 
— 

— 
13.9 
— 
— 

259.3 

(191.5) 

$ 

46.0 
253.2 
(1.0) 
(11.2) 
(56.0) 
(13.5) 

(14.6) 
(25.5) 
(22.7) 
— 

154.7 

— 

Balance after offset 

$ 

28.8 

$ 

 21.2 

$ 

183.5 

$ 

67.8 

$ 

154.7 

$ 

67.4
150.8 
6.7
(15.6)
(57.9)
(18.7)

(29.5)
(15.6)
(31.6)
(9.4)

46.6

—

46.6

Balance at  
December 31, 2016 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized  
in Other 
    Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

 Balance at  
December 31, 2017 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

67.4 
150.8 
6.7 
(15.6) 
(57.9) 
(18.7) 

(29.5) 
(15.6) 
(31.6) 
(9.4) 

$ 

(20.5) 
(60.1) 
(5.4) 
4.7 
14.5 
(0.6) 

13.0 
6.2 
26.3 
(5.4) 

$ 

1.1 
164.4 
(1.3) 
(0.6) 
(15.6) 
— 

0.4 
(15.6) 
(18.5) 
14.2 

$  

(2.0) 
(1.9) 
— 
0.3 
1.2 
0.3 

1.5 
(0.5) 
1.1 
0.6 

$  

— 
— 
(1.0) 
— 
1.8 
5.5 

— 
— 
— 
— 

46.0
253.2
(1.0)
(11.2)
(56.0)
(13.5)

(14.6)
(25.5) 
(22.7)
—

$  

 46.6 

$ 

(27.3) 

$ 

128.5 

$ 

0.6 

$  

6.3 

$ 

154.7

72

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
December 31, 2015 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized 
in Other 
Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

Balance at 
December 31, 2016 
Liability (Asset)

$ 

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research 
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

71.6 
77.3 
— 
(8.4) 
(49.9) 
(21.0) 

— 
(15.8) 
(6.2) 
— 

$ 

(2.6) 
8.7 
3.9 
(2.0) 
(4.9) 
3.2 

4.0 
— 
4.5 
— 

$ 

0.6 
68.1 
(0.2) 
(5.5) 
(3.0) 
(1.6) 

(32.3) 
(1.5) 
(29.2) 
(9.1) 

$ 

47.6  

$ 

14.8 

$ 

(13.7) 

$ 

(2.2) 
(3.3) 
— 
0.3 
1.9 
0.4 

(1.2) 
1.7 
(0.7) 
(0.3) 

(3.4) 

$ 

$  

— 
— 
3.0 
— 
(2.0) 
0.3 

— 
— 
— 
— 

$  

1.3 

$ 

67.4
150.8
6.7
(15.6)
(57.9)
(18.7)

(29.5)
(15.6)
(31.6)
(9.4) 

46.6 

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax liabilities were not recognized as at December 31, 2017 is $1,344.9 million (2016 – $1,026.7 million).

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax assets were not recognized as at December 31, 2017, is $14.4 million (2016 – $15.3 million).

1 5.   S H A R E   C A P I TA L   

Shares issued (in millions) 

Balance, January 1, 2016  
Stock options exercised   

Balance, December 31, 2016 
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2017 

Class A 
Shares 

11.8 
— 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

Amount 

4.5 
 — 

4.5 
— 
— 

4.5 

$ 

$  

$ 

Class B 
Shares  

163.6  
0.5 

164.1 
0.8 
0.1 

$  

$  

Amount  

279.8  
6.8 

286.6 
14.6 
3.4 

$ 

$ 

165.0 

$ 

304.6 

$  

Total 

284.3 
6.8

291.1
14.6
3.4

309.1

At December 31, 2017, the authorized share capital comprised an unlimited number of Class A voting shares and an unlimited 
number of Class B non-voting shares. The Class A and Class B shares have no par value. All issued shares are fully paid. Both 
Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity.

(i)  Class A

The holders of Class A shares receive dividends set at $0.01 per share per annum less than Class B shares, are entitled to one 
vote per share at meetings of the Company and their shares are convertible at any time into Class B shares. 

(ii)  Class B

Class B shares rank equally in all material respects with Class A shares, except as follows:

(a)   The holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive material and attend, but not to vote at, regular shareholder meetings.

(b)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to voting privileges when consideration for the Class A shares, under a takeover bid 

when voting control has been acquired, exceeds 115% of the market price of  the Class B shares.

(c)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive, or have set aside for payment, dividends declared by the Board of 

Directors from time to time, set at $0.01 per share per annum greater than Class A  shares.

2017 Annual Report

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Dividends

The annual dividends per share were as follows:

Class A share  
Class B share 

Shares held in trust

2017 

0.45 
0.46 

 $ 
$ 

2016

0.39
0.40

 $  
$  

During 2016, the Company granted awards totalling 124,500 Class B shares of the Company. Shares to be used to satisfy 
this obligation were purchased in the open market and are restricted in nature. These share awards are dependent on the 
Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant date fair value of these stock awards is being amortized over 
the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. 

1 6.   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E 

Basic earnings per share

The  calculation  of  basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  was  based  on  profit  attributable  to 
Class A shares of $31.8 million (2016 – $23.3 million) and Class B shares of $442.3 million (2016 – $323.4 million) and a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2016 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding of  
164.0 million (2016 – 163.3 million).

Weighted average number of shares (in millions)

Issued and outstanding shares at January 1  
Effect of stock options exercised 
Effect of reciprocal shares purchased   
Effect of reciprocal shares vested 
Effect of deferred share units exercised 

Weighted average number of shares at December 31 

Diluted earnings per share

Class A  
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 
— 
— 

11.8 

2017 

Class B  
Shares 

163.3 
0.6 
— 
— 
0.1 

164.0 

Class A  
Shares  

11.8 
— 
— 
— 
— 

11.8 

2016 

Class B 
Shares 

163.1
0.2
(0.4)
0.4
—

163.3

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2017, was based on profit attributable to  
Class A shares of $31.4 million (2016 – $23.0 million) and Class B shares of $442.7 million (2016 – $323.7 million) and a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2016 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 166.4 million (2016 – 165.6 million).

Weighted average number of shares – diluted (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares (basic)  
Effect of deferred share units on issue  
Effect of reciprocal shareholdings 
Effect of share options on issue 

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)  

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31, 
2016

175.8 
0.4 
0.7 
1.3 

178.2 

175.1
0.4
0.5
1.4

177.4

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based 
on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding.

74

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 7.   LOA N S   A N D   B O R R OW I N G S

Current liabilities 
Current portion of unsecured notes (i) 
Current portion of unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (ii) 
Current portion of finance lease liabilities 
Current portion of other loans (iv) 

Short-term operating credit lines available (v) 

Short-term operating credit lines used 

Non-current liabilities   
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (ii) 
Unsecured Rule 144A bonds (iii) 
Unsecured notes (i) 
Finance lease liabilities   
Other loans (iv) 

(i)  Unsecured notes

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31, 
2016

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

162.0 
60.3 
2.2 
6.1 

230.6 

20.1 

6.8 

1,474.8 
620.3 
— 
4.0 
1.7 

—
—
3.2
1.0

4.2

30.9

3.2

756.6
662.1
173.0
3.1
2.3

$ 

2,100.8 

$ 

1,597.1

As  at  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  had  two  private  debt  placements  completed  in  1998  and  2008  for  a  total  of   
US$129.0 million. US$51.0 million ($64.1 million; 2016: $68.5 million) with an interest rate of 7.09% matures on July 8, 2018, 
and US$78.0 million ($98.1 million; 2016: $104.7 million) with an interest rate of 6.62% matures on September 26, 2018. On 
maturity of the Company’s 2006 private debt placement on March 7, 2016, the Company repaid US$110.0 million, which had 
an interest rate of 5.57%.

(ii)  Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities

As at December 31, 2017, the Company had an unsecured US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The 
facility bears interest at the applicable benchmark interest rate plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net debt 
to EBITDA and matures December 23, 2020. As at December 31, 2017, US$271.0 million ($340.7 million; LIBOR plus 1.45%), 
€155.8 million ($235.0 million; EURIBOR plus 1.45%), £60.3 million ($102.4 million; GBP LIBOR plus 1.45%), $337.0 million (BA 
plus 1.45%) and $3.5 million of contingent letters of credits were drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility.  

As at December 31, 2016, US$409.6 million ($550.0 million; LIBOR plus 1.2%), €64.0 million ($90.7 million; EURIBOR plus 
1.2%), £70.0 million ($115.9 million; GBP LIBOR plus 1.2%) and $4.1 million of contingent letters of credits were drawn on the 
syndicated bank credit facility. 

In February 2017, the Company utilized a new US$450.0 million unsecured non-revolving amortizing term loan facility with a  
syndicate of banks to aid in the financing of the Innovia acquisition (note 5). This facility, maturing in February 2019, with 
quarterly principal repayments of US$12.0 million that started in June 30, 2017, bears interest at the applicable domestic rate 
plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net debt to EBITDA consistent with the existing syndicated revolving 
facility. As at December 31, 2017, US$414.0 million ($520.0 million; LIBOR plus 1.45%) remained outstanding. 

The unused portion of the revolving syndicated bank credit facility was US$397.7 million at December 31, 2017 (December 31,  
2016 – US$631.1 million).

(iii)  Unsecured Rule 144A bonds

In September 2016, the Company issued US$500.0 million of 3.25% notes that come due on October 1, 2026. These are 
unsecured notes offered under a Rule 144A private placement in the United States to qualified institutional buyers. These 
notes  bear  interest  payable  semi-annually.  The  net  proceeds  were  used  to  partially  repay  amounts  borrowed  under  the 
unsecured syndicated bank credit facility.

Subsequent to the acquisition of Innovia, the Company utilized a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement to effectively 
convert notional US$264.7 million of this 3.25% fixed rate debt into €250.0 million 1.23% fixed rate debt in order to hedge its 
euro-based assets and cash flows (note 23(b)).

2017 Annual Report

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(iv)  Other loans

Other loans include term bank loans at various rates and repayment terms.

(v)  Operating credit lines

Interest rates charged on the credit lines are based on rates varying with LIBOR, the prime rate and similar market rates for 
other currencies.

(vi)  Reconciliation of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the 
statement of cash flows as financing activities. Changes in the Company’s liabilities arising from financing activities are   
as follows:

Balance at 
January 1, 2017 

Financing  
Cash Flows 

Acquisitions 

Foreign  
Exchange 

Other 

Balance at 
December 31, 2017

Non-Cash 

$ 

Syndicated bank  
  credit facilities 
Unsecured   
  Rule 144A bonds 
Unsecured notes 
Finance lease liabilities   
Other loans 

756.6 

$ 

807.4 

$ 

— 

$ 

(28.4) 

$ 

(0.5) 

$ 

1,535.1

662.1 
173.0 
6.3 
3.3 

— 
— 
(3.6) 
(1.7) 

— 
— 
3.2 
5.1 

8.3 

(42.8) 
(11.1) 
0.3 
0.2 

$ 

(81.8) 

$ 

1.0 
0.1 
— 
0.9 

1.5 

620.3
162.0
6.2
  7.8

$ 

2,331.4

Total 

$ 

1,601.3 

$ 

802.1 

$ 

As at December 31, 2017, the carrying amount of financial and non-financial assets pledged as collateral, against $5.0 million 
(2016 – $6.4 million) of long-term debt, amounted to $20.3 million (2016 – $18.9 million).

1 8 .   F I N A N C E   I N C O M E   A N D   C O S T

Recognized in income statement

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
Fees and interest recognized on other financial instruments 
Interest expense on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance cost 

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 
Interest income on loans and receivables and other financial instruments 
Interest income on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance income 

Net finance cost recognized in income statement 

2017 

71.4 
(1.0) 
17.0 

87.4 

3.3 
0.2 
8.7 

12.2 

75.2 

$  

$ 

$ 

2016

37.4
3.8
0.6

41.8

3.8
0.1
—

3.9

$ 

37.9 

The above finance income and expense are all with respect to assets (liabilities) not at fair value through profit or loss.

76

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 9.   E M P LOY E E   B E N E F I T S

Present value of wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations   
Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations 

Total present value of obligations 
Fair value of plan assets  

Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations 
Liability for long-service leave and jubilee plans 
Liability for long-term incentive plan  

Total employee benefits  
Total employee benefits reported in other payables 

Total employee benefits reported in non-current liabilities 

(i)   Defined contribution post-employment plans

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31, 
2016

$ 

$ 

260.9 
435.7 

696.6 
(376.9) 

319.7 
11.7 
13.2 

344.6 
11.0 

333.6 

$ 

$ 

249.7
92.3

342.0
(66.5)

275.5
4.5
7.0

287.0
7.7

279.3

The  Company  sponsors  defined  contribution  post-employment  plans  in  Canada,  the  U.S.,  Thailand  and  the  U.K.  A  post-
employment plan is classified as a defined contribution plan if the Company pays fixed contributions into a fund at a separate 
entity and the Company has no further obligation to pay any further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to 
pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The expense for company-sponsored 
defined contribution post-employment plans was $23.6 million in 2017 (2016 – $21.2 million) of which $0.1 million (2016 –  
$0.1 million) was for key management personnel. Company contributions into defined contribution state plans are included 
in the line “Compulsory social security contributions” of the table in note 20.

(ii)   Defined benefit post-employment plans

The Company also has defined benefit post-employment plans in various countries of the world. Although some of these 
plans have elements common to defined contribution plans, the Company has accounted for these as defined benefit plans 
as they are not fully funded at a separate entity.

Partially funded defined benefit obligations

The Company’s defined benefit post-employment plans are not fully funded. The obligation of these plans, net of any assets, 
is recorded in non-current liabilities on the Statement of Financial Position in employee benefits or, for payments expected to 
be made within the next twelve months, in trade and other payables in current liabilities. Fluctuations in the pension liabilities 
resulting from actuarial gains or losses due to changes in risk factors are recorded in other comprehensive income. The 
primary partially funded plans are in Canada, the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Netherlands. Details of these plans 
are as follows:

(a)    In Canada, the Company has a registered partially funded defined benefit pension plan for seven retired executives 
and one active employee of CCL. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on 
employee earnings. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and 
any contributions required. The plan is closed to new members. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of 
plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has 
determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company.

2017 Annual Report

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(b)    In the U.K., the Company has two registered partially funded defined benefit pension plans. The CCL plan has no active 
members and is closed to new members. Benefits are based on final salary. All members of the plan are either deferred or 
retired and benefits are provided to spouses or dependents in the event of a member’s death before or after retirement. 
The Company is required to make payments of GBP 0.7 million in deficit funding contributions annually. An actuary is 
involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The primary 
risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation, and 
market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been 
covered is fully available to the Company. While the Innovia plan does have active members, it is closed to new members.
Benefits are based on a member’s final pensionable salaries and length of service at retirement. Benefits are provided to 
spouses in the event of a member’s death before or after retirement. Contributions are required by active members and 
the Company. The Company is required to make payments of GBP 1.0 million in deficit funding contributions annually. An 
actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. 
The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the value of the 
obligation, and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after all obligations 
have been covered is available to the Company if the plan is wound up. However, any surplus while the plan is ongoing 
is under the authority of the trustees.

(c)   In  Switzerland,  CCL  provides  a  mandatory  legislated  contribution-based  cash  balance  plan  for  employees  that  is 
accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan. Benefits from the plan are paid out at retirement, disability 
or death. If an employee terminates from the Company prior to retirement, the vested benefit equal to the accumulated 
savings account balance is transferred to the pension plan of the new employer. The plan is governed by a foundation 
board that is legally responsible for the operation of the plan and includes employer and employee representation, in 
equal numbers. A legally required minimum level of retirement benefit is based on age-related savings contributions, an 
insured salary defined by law and a required rate of return set annually by the Swiss government. Contributions from both 
employers and employees are compulsory and vary according to age and salary. The primary risk factors for this plan are 
longevity of plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. Under 
Swiss pension law, any surplus assets technically belong to the pension plan and any reduction in contributions is at the 
discretion of the Board. 

(d)    In the Netherlands, CCL provides a defined benefit career average pay plan for a small number of employees. An actuary is 
involved in measuring the obligation of the plan. Benefits from the plan are paid through retirement and at death, before or 
during retirement, to the spouse or dependents. If a member of the plan leaves CCL, the member may choose to have the 
benefits of the plan transferred into the plan of the new employer. The benefit formula is based on a percentage of each 
year’s pensionable salary up to a set maximum salary less a social security offset. Benefits are guaranteed by an insurance 
company and CCL is required to pay annual premiums on the insurance contract based on a contract interest rate. There 
are no employee contributions to the plan. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and 
discount rate volatility.

78

2017 Annual Report

The most recent actuarial valuation for funding purposes for the executive defined pension plan in Canada was as of January 1,  
2015. The next required actuarial valuation will be as of January 1, 2018. The most recent actuarial valuation of the U.K. defined 
benefit pension plan for funding purposes was as of January 1, 2014. The next required valuation is as of January 1, 2017. The 
most recent actuarial valuation of the U.K. Innovia defined benefit pension plan for funding purposes was as of January 1, 2017. 
The next required valuation is as of January 1, 2020.

Wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations

For defined benefit post-employment plans that have no assets, the Company simply funds the plans as benefits are paid. 
The primary wholly unfunded plans are in Canada, the U.S. and Germany. Details of these plans are as follows:

(a)   In Canada, the Company maintains non-registered, wholly unfunded supplemental retirement arrangements for one active 
Canadian executive, eight retired Canadian executives and two retired U.S. executives or their widows. The Company 
makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. An actuary is involved in measuring 
the obligation of the plans and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The plans are closed to new 
members. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility.

(b)   In the U.S., the Company has a post-employment wholly unfunded deferred compensation plan for designated executives 
(“NQP”). Liabilities are based strictly on the contributions made to the plan, an established rate of return and are not 
subject to actuarial adjustments. It allows executives to elect to defer specified portions of salary, cash bonuses and long-
term incentive plan payments. The Company contributes a matching portion of the executive’s NQP deferred amount 
to a maximum of 8% of the executive’s base salary plus bonus. The Company may also contribute a discretionary annual 
company contribution based on a percentage of base salary and annual bonus. Contributions to the NQP for one of the 
executives vest immediately. For the other executives, immediate vesting of discretionary Company contributions and 
interest occurs on death, disability or change of control with normal vesting occurring at age 60 with 10 years’ service. 
The Company’s match portion and interest vest in the same manner as Company contributions in the 401k plan. Elective 
deferrals by the executive vest immediately.

(c)   In Germany, the Company has several wholly unfunded defined benefit plans. There are four salary- based annuity plans 
that are closed to new members, but currently have approximately 130 active  members.  All  contributions  and  benefits 
are funded by the Company. The primary risk factors for  these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate 
volatility. There are also three cash  balance plans for current employees. Two of those plans require the Company to match 
a specific  portion of employee contributions. Upon retirement, lump sum payments are made unless an employee requests 
an annuity. The third cash balance plan has employer and employee  contributions and pays out in three instalments upon 
retirement. The primary risk factor for these  three plans is discount rate volatility. 

(d)   The Company has wholly unfunded post-employment defined benefit plans in Austria, France, Italy, Mexico and Thailand. 
Benefits are paid out in lump sums upon retirement, disability or death. There  are  no  employee  contributions  in  these 
plans. Benefits are based on salary and length of service  with the Company.

2017 Annual Report 79

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the defined benefit post-
employment plans, including the defined benefit pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-employment 
defined benefit plans.

2017 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Current service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – experience 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial loss – financial assumptions 
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 

 Fair value, beginning of year 

  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

92.3 
320.5 
7.5 
10.4 
1.1 
(13.8) 
1.4 
(3.5) 
10.1 
(2.5) 
(0.2) 
(1.5) 
13.9 

435.7 

66.6 
276.4 
8.7 
19.9 
1.1 
10.5 
(13.8) 
(2.5) 
(1.5) 
11.5 

376.9 

(58.8) 

(58.8) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

249.7 
1.3 
4.3 
6.6 
0.5 
(8.3) 
(2.8) 
0.1 
3.2 
— 
— 
— 
6.3 

260.9 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8.3 
(8.3) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(260.9) 

(260.9) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

342.0
321.8
11.8
17.0
1.6
(22.1)
(1.4)
(3.4)
13.3
(2.5)
(0.2)
(1.5)
20.2

696.6

66.6
276.4
8.7
19.9
1.1
18.8
(22.1)
(2.5)
(1.5)
11.5

376.9

(319.7)

(319.7)

80

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2016 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  B alance, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial gains – experience 
  Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial loss – financial assumptions 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial losses 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

86.3 
7.0 
1.6 
— 
2.0 
0.9 
(2.5) 
(0.7) 
(0.9) 
8.3 
 (9.7) 

92.3 

67.2 
5.1 
1.5 
(1.4) 
0.9 
2.5 
(2.5) 
(6.8) 

66.5 

(25.8) 

(25.8) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

114.5 
132.8 
3.7 
0.1 
5.3 
4.7 
(5.4) 
(1.6) 
(0.3) 
4.8 
(8.9) 

249.7 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
5.4 
(5.4) 
— 

— 

(249.7) 

(249.7) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

200.8
139.8
5.3
0.1
7.3
5.6
(7.9)
(2.3)
(1.2)
13.1
(18.6)

342.0

67.2
5.1
1.5
(1.4)
0.9
7.9
(7.9)
(6.8)

66.5

(275.5)

(275.5)

2017 Annual Report 81

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

The Company’s net defined benefit plan expense is as follows:

2017 

Current service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
  Cost of sales 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses 
  Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

2016 

Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
  Cost of sales 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses 
  Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.5 
1.7 
(0.2) 

9.0 

5.5 
1.8 
1.7 

9.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.3 
6.6 
— 

10.9 

1.0 
3.3 
6.6 

10.9 

$ 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.6 
— 
0.5 

2.1 

0.8 
0.8 
0.5 

2.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.7 
0.1 
5.3 

9.1 

1.8 
7.2 
0.1 

9.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total

11.8
8.3
(0.2)

19.9

6.5
5.1
8.3

19.9

Total

5.3
0.1
5.8

11.2

2.6
8.0
0.6

11.2

82

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial gains (losses) recognized directly in equity are as follows:

Actuarial gains – experience 
Actuarial gains – demographic assumptions 
Actuarial loss – financial assumptions  
Experience gains (losses) on plan assets 

$ 

$ 

2017 

1.4 
3.4 
(13.3) 
19.9 

Recognized during the year in other comprehensive income 

$ 

11.4 

$ 

Plan assets consist of the following:

2016

2.3
1.2
(13.1)
(1.4)

(11.0)

2017 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

2016 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

61% 
29% 
3% 
7% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

33% 
38% 
9% 
20% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

61%
29%
3%
7%

100%

Total

33%
38%
9%
20%

100%

No plan assets are directly invested in the Company’s own shares or directly in any property occupied by, or other assets 
used by, the Company.

The actual returns on plan assets are as follows:

2017 
2016 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$  
$ 

28.6 
0.1 

—  
— 

$  
$  

Total

28.6
0.1

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment benefit obligations are as follows:

December 31, 2017 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2016 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

 2.36% 
 1.38% 

 1.93% 
 1.60% 

2.00% 
1.87% 

1.96% 
2.52% 

2.33%
1.56%

1.95%
2.31%

2017 Annual Report 83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment plan expenses are as follows:

December 31, 2017 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2016 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

2.50% 
1.38% 

2.45% 
2.28% 

1.94% 
1.89% 

2.05% 
2.51% 

2.29%
1.57%

2.15%
2.46%

The sensitivity analysis on the defined benefit obligation is as follows, and is prepared by altering one assumption at a time 
and keeping the other assumptions unchanged. The resulting defined benefit obligation is then compared to the defined 
benefit obligation in the disclosures:

Discount rate (increase 1%) 
Discount rate (decrease 1%) 
Longevity (+1 year) 
Inflation (+0.25%) 
Inflation (-0.25%) 
Salary (increase 1%) 
Salary (decrease 1%) 
Duration (years) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(76.0) 
90.9 
16.5 
10.6 
(10.0) 
16.6 
(15.8) 
20 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(27.2)
30.6
(33.9)
0.3
(0.2)
4.2
(3.7)
12

The Company expects to contribute $8.8 million to the partially funded defined benefit plans and pay $10.1 million in benefits 
for the wholly unfunded plans in 2018.

(iii)   Long-term incentive, long-service leave, jubilee and other plans

The Company has long-term incentive plans with cash and share-based payments, long-service leave plans and jubilee plans 
in various countries around the world. As at December 31, 2017, $0.3 million (2016 – nil) of the total obligation of $24.9 million 
(2016 – $11.5 million) is classified as current, and reported in other payables. The expense for these plans was $18.1 million in 
2017 (2016 – $17.7 million).

2 0.  P E R S O N N E L   E X P E N S E S

Wages and salaries 
Compulsory social security contributions 
Contributions to company-sponsored defined contribution plans 
Expenses related to defined benefit plans 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

$ 

$ 

2017 

1,084.1 
131.1 
23.6 
20.1 
19.7 

$ 

1,278.6 

$ 

2016

812.8 
92.1
21.2
11.3
15.4

952.8

84

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 1 .   I N C O M E   TA X   E X P E N S E

Current tax expense 
Current tax on earnings before earnings in equity accounted investments for the year 

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (note 14) 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Impact of tax rate changes  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 

Total income tax expense  

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 

The income tax expense on the Company’s earnings differs from the amount  
  determined by the Company’s statutory rates as follows: 
Net earnings for the year 
Add: income tax expense 
Deduct: earnings in equity accounted investments 

Earnings before income tax and equity accounted investments  

Income tax using the Company’s domestic combined Canadian federal and  
  provincial income tax rates 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Impact of tax rate changes 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
Losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognized 
Non-deductible expenses and other items 

Income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive income  
Derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments 
Actuarial gains and losses 

Total income tax expense (recovery) recognized directly in other comprehensive income 

2017 

155.2 

21.3 
(44.3) 
(4.3) 

(27.3) 

127.9 

2017 

25.27% 

474.1 
127.9 
3.7 

598.3 

151.2 
27.4 
(44.3) 
(4.3) 
4.6 
(6.7) 

127.9 

(1.3) 
1.8 

0.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016

126.0

21.9
(0.5)
(6.6)

14.8

140.8

2016

25.27%

346.3
140.8
4.5

482.6

121.9
18.0
(0.5)
(6.6)
5.1
2.9

140.8

3.8
(2.0)

1.8

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was substantively enacted. The legislation, which was generally effective for 
tax years beginning on January 1, 2018, results in significant U.S. tax reform and revises the Internal Revenue Code by, among 
other things, lowering the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% and modifying how the U.S. taxes multinational 
entities. The net impact of the revaluation of deferred tax balances due to the lowering of the corporate federal income tax 
rate from 35% to 21% resulted in a deferred income tax recovery recognized in the income statement of $40.0 million and a 
deferred tax expense recognized directly in the statement of changes in equity of $3.0 million. 

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the 
worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes 
will be due. If the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences 
will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

2017 Annual Report 85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

2 2 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S

At December 31, 2017, the Company had four share-based compensation plans, which are described below:

(i)  Employee stock option plan

Under the employee stock option plan, the Company may grant options to employees, officers and directors of the Company.
The Company does not grant options to independent directors. The exercise price of each option equals the market price 
of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, and an option’s maximum term is 10 years. Current options vest 25% one year 
from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of these options is five years from the grant date. In general, 
the grants are conditional upon continued employment. No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled 
to dividends and may not be transferred or assigned by the option holder. 

For options and share awards granted for stock-based compensation, $18.8 million (2016 – $15.4 million) has been recognized 
in the financial statements as an expense with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus. The fair value of options granted 
has been estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividends 

2017 

1.12% 

2016

0.69%

4.5 years 

4.5 years

28% 

$ 

0.46 

$ 

27%

0.40

A summary of the status of the Company’s Employee Stock Option Plan as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and changes 
during the years ended on those dates, is presented below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of year 

Options exercisable at end of year 

2017 

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Shares 
(in millions) 

2016 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

Shares 
(in millions) 

3.1 
0.8 
(0.8) 

3.1 

0.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

26.26 
58.03 
15.83 

36.81 

25.35 

2.7 
0.9 
(0.5) 

3.1 

0.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

18.59
43.90
12.05

26.26

17.49

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise in 2017 was $58.01 (2016 – $48.03). 

The following table summarizes information about the employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2017.

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Options 
Outstanding 
(in millions) 

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining  
  Contractual Life  

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Options 
  Exercisable 
 (in millions) 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

0.7 
0.8 
1.6 

 3.1 

1.0 years 
2.2 years 
3.7 years 

2.6 years 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

16.30 
27.48 
50.95 

36.81 

0.4 
0.3 
0.2 

0.9 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

15.48
27.48
43.90

25.35

Range of 
Exercisable Prices 

$11.20–$25.00 
$25.01–$40.00 
$40.01–$58.03 

$11.20–$58.03 

86

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii)  Deferred share units (“DSU”)

The Company maintains a deferred share unit plan. Under this plan, non-employee members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors may elect to receive DSUs, in lieu of cash remuneration, for director fees that would otherwise be payable to such 
directors or any portion thereof until DSU holdings of three times the base retainer have been achieved. The number of units 
received is equivalent to the fees earned and is based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company’s 
capital stock on the date of issue of the DSU. When dividends are paid on Class B non-voting shares of the Company, the 
equivalent value per DSU is calculated and the holder receives additional DSUs in lieu of actual cash dividends based on  
the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company. DSUs cannot be redeemed or paid out until such time  
as the director ceases to be a director. A DSU entitles the holder to receive, on a deferred payment basis, the number of 
Class B non-voting shares of the Company equating to the number of his or her DSUs on the redemption date. The Company 
accounts for the DSU plan as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. 

The Company had 376,515 DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2017. The amount recognized as an expense in 2017 totalled 
$0.9 million (2016 – $0.5 million).

(iii)  Restricted share units (“RSU”)

The Company has shares held in trust to be used to satisfy future employee benefits related to its long-term incentive plan 
as outlined in note 15. 

(iv)  Long-term retention plan (“LTRP”)

In 2017, the Company instituted a long-term retention plan. Under the plan, the Company provided a one-time retention 
incentive to four key executives totalling 259,676 shares to be issued from treasury. The incentive vests 25% in each year 
beginning 2022 and ending 2025, inclusive. For LTRP, $0.8 million has been recognized as an expense with a corresponding 
offset to contributed surplus.

2 3 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

(a)  Cash flow hedges

The Company was party to an interest rate swap agreement (“IRSA”), the hedging item, in order to redistribute the Company’s 
December 31, 2015, exposure to fixed and floating interest rates with a view to reducing interest rates over the long term. 
The hedged item was US$80.0 million of the syndicated bank credit facility. Fair value of this IRSA was recorded in derivative 
instruments on the consolidated statements of financial position. Change in fair value of the IRSA and the change in fair value 
of the debt were recorded in other comprehensive income. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the consolidated income 
statement as this was a fully effective hedge. This swap matured in September 2016.

The Company has in place numerous aluminum derivative contracts (hedging item) that are used to fix the price the Company 
is required to pay for its anticipated aluminum manufacturing requirements (hedged item). These derivative contracts have a 
fair value of $0.3 million (2016 – $0.1 million), which is included in derivative instruments. Aluminum is the major raw material 
used in the Container Segment. The Company uses these contracts along with fixed-price customer contracts to minimize 
the impact of aluminum price fluctuations. The Company does not enter into these contracts for speculative purposes. 

The changes in value of the aluminum derivative contracts are recorded in other comprehensive income. Any ineffective 
portion is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. For 2017 and 2016, no ineffectiveness was recognized. 
Payments made or proceeds received upon the settlement of these contracts are recorded in cost of goods sold.

Prices for aluminum fluctuate in response to changes in supply and demand, market uncertainty and a variety of other 
factors beyond the Company’s control. A US$100/MT increase (decrease) in the price of aluminum would have resulted in 
a $0.1 million (2016 – $0.3 million) decrease (increase) in other comprehensive income and no impact on the earnings from 
operations (2016 – nil) of the Company. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, 
remain constant.

2017 Annual Report 87

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(b)  Hedges of net investment in self-sustaining operations

US$129.0 million (2016 – US$129.0 million) of unsecured notes, US$235.3 million (2016 – US$500.0 million) of unsecured 
Rule 144A bonds and US$685.0 million (2016 – US$409.6 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging 
items) have been used to hedge the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining U.S. dollar-denominated 
operations  (hedged  items)  with  a  view  to  reducing  foreign  exchange  fluctuations.  The  foreign  exchange  effect  of  the 
unsecured notes, the unsecured Rule 144A bonds, the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities and the net investment in 
U.S. dollar-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive income. These have been and continue to be 100% 
fully effective hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the portion of the net investment balance being 
hedged. No ineffectiveness has been recognized in the income statement.

£60.3 million (2016 – £70.0 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) have been used to hedge 
the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining UK pound sterling-denominated operations (hedged items) 
with a view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank 
credit facilities and the net investment in UK pound sterling-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive 
income. This has been and continues to be a 100% fully effective hedge as the notional amount of the hedging item equals 
the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness has been recognized in the income statement.

€155.8 million (2016 – €64.0 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) have been used to 
hedge the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining euro-denominated operations (hedged items) with a 
view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank credit 
facilities and the net investment in euro-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive income. This has been 
and continues to be a 100% fully effective hedge as the notional amount of the hedging item equals the portion of the net 
investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness has been recognized in the income statement.

In  February  2017,  the  Company  converted  US$264.7  million  of  the  3.25%  unsecured  Rule  144A  bonds  (note  17)  into   
€250.0 million 1.23% fixed rate debt using cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (hedging items; “CCIRSAs”) in 
order to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows. Fair value of these CCIRSAs was recorded in non-current liabilities 
when negative in value and non-current assets when positive in value. The offset was recorded in other comprehensive 
income. These have been and continue to be 100% fully effective hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging items 
equal the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the income statement 
in 2017.

Notional Principal Amount 

Interest Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Paid 
(US$) 

Received 
 (€) 

2017 
(C$) 

Fair Value 
December 31 

2016 
(C$)  

Maturity 

Effective Date

USD264.7 million   €250.0 million 

 3.25% 

1.23%    $(50.7) million 

$  

— 

October 1, 2026  February 28, 2017

88

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at 
the reporting date was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Derivative instruments   

Impairment losses

The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

Under 31 days 
Between 31 and 90 days  
Greater than 90 days 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

557.5 
821.3 
15.5 
1.0 

585.1
672.2
22.5
0.1

$ 

1,395.3 

$ 

1,279.9

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

411.9 
299.1 
60.4 

771.4 

$ 

$ 

353.1
253.5
41.7

648.3

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at January 1 
Increase (decrease) during the year 

Balance at December 31   

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

17.8 
(1.2) 

16.6 

$ 

$ 

15.1
2.7

17.8

The Company believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due.

2017 Annual Report 89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(d)  Liquidity risk

Exposure to liquidity risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 
impact of netting agreements:

December 31, 2016 

December 31, 2017

Payments Due by Period

  Carrying 
  Amount 

  Carrying  
  Amount 

  Contractual 
  Cash Flows 

0–6 
  Months  

6–12 
  Months 

1–2 
 Years 

2–5 
Years 

  More than 
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities   
$ 
  Secured bank loans 
  Unsecured bank loans 
  Unsecured notes 
  Finance lease liabilities 
  Unsecured Rule 144A bonds 
  Unsecured syndicated bank  

$ 

2.5 
1.4 
173.0 
5.6 
662.1 

$ 

1.3 
6.5 
162.0 
6.2 
620.3 

$ 

1.3 
6.5 
162.0 
6.2 
620.3 

  credit facility 

756.6 

  1,015.1 

  1,015.1 

0.2 
2.8 
— 
1.1 
— 

— 

  Unsecured syndicated bank

  term credit facility 

  Interest on unsecured notes 
  Interest on unsecured bank  

  credit facilities 

  Interest on unsecured  
  Rule 144A bonds  

  Interest on other long-term debt   
  Trade and other payables 
Accrued post-employment  
  benefit liabilities 
Operating leases 

— 
* 

* 

520.0 
* 

520.0 
3.3* 

30.2 
0.3 

* 

95.5* 

20.0 

* 
* 
844.5 

* 
* 
  1,018.4 

173.6* 
1.0 
  1,018.4 

5.2 
0.3 
  1,018.4 

* 
— 

* 
— 

223.3* 
138.4 

4.4 
18.5 

$ 

$ 

0.2 
2.9 
162.0 
1.1 
— 

$ 

0.5 
0.6 
— 
1.7 
— 

0.4 
0.2 
— 
1.6 
— 

$ 

—
—
—
0.7
620.3

— 

30.1 
3.0 

20.4 

10.1 
0.2 
— 

4.4 
18.5 

— 

  1,015.1 

459.7 
— 

29.0 

20.4 
0.2 
— 

26.3 
21.5 

— 
— 

26.1 

61.3 
0.3 
— 

58.7 
40.8 

—

—
—

—

76.6
—
—

129.5
39.1

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

$  2,445.7 

$  3,349.8 

$  3,984.9 

$  1,101.4 

$  252.9 

$   559.9 

$  1,204.5 

$  866.2

* 

  Accrued long-term employee benefit and post-employment benefit liability of $10.1 million and accrued interest of $9.3 million on unsecured notes, 
unsecured  Rule  144A  bonds,  and  unsecured  syndicated  credit  facilities  are  reported  in  trade  and  other  payables  in  2017  (2016:  $7.6  million  and 
$10.8 million, respectively).

The following table indicates the periods in which the cash flows associated with derivatives that are cash flow hedges are 
expected to impact the income statement: 

December 31, 2016 
  Carrying 
  Amount 

  Carrying 
  Amount 

 Contractual 
  Cash Flows 

0–6 
  Months  

6–12 
  Months 

1–2 
 Years 

2–5 
Years 

  More than 
5 Years

December 31, 2017

Payments Due by Period

Assets 

Total contractual  
  cash obligations 

$ 

$ 

0.1 

$ 

1.0 

$ 

1.0 

$ 

0.6 

$ 

0.4 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

0.1 

$ 

1.0 

$ 

1.0 

$ 

0.6 

$ 

0.4 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

—

—

90

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)  Currency risk

Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:

  December 31,  
2017 

 December 31,  
2016

U.S. 
Dollar 

127.0   
241.2   
277.5   
1,314.1   

U.K. 
Pound  

19.1 
28.4 
27.0 
60.3 

Euro    

112.7 
138.1 
156.9 
159.0 

U.S.  
Dollar  

148.7 
241.0 
256.3 
1,038.9 

U.K. 
Pound 

11.6 
18.3 
12.4 
70.0 

Euro

104.9
116.4
151.8
68.9

Cash and cash equivalents   
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 

Sensitivity analysis

A five percent weakening of the Canadian dollar, as indicated below, against the following currencies at December 31 would 
have increased (decreased) equity and income by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, 
in particular interest rates, remain constant. 

Euro  
U.S. dollar 
U.K. pound 

2017 

(11.8) 
5.2 
0.9 

Equity 

2016 

(4.5) 
(9.0) 
2.9 

Income Statement

2016

0.8
5.3
0.0

2017 

0.2 
4.0 
0.3 

A five percent strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the above currencies at December 31 would have had the equal 
but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

(f) 

Interest rate risk

An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates on the floating rate debt and cash equivalents as at the reporting date would 
decrease net income by $11.4 million (2016 – $6.1 million decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular 
foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

2017 Annual Report 91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(g)  Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statement of financial 
position, are as follows:

Assets carried at fair value: 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Assets carried at amortized cost:
Loans and receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities carried at fair value: 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost: 
Trade and other payables 
Unsecured Rule 144A bonds 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities  
Unsecured notes 
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities   

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2016

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount  

15.5 
1.0 

16.5 

821.3 
557.5 

1,378.8 

50.7 

50.7 

1,018.4 
620.3 
1,535.1 
162.0 
7.8 
6.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

15.5 
1.0 

16.5 

821.3 
557.5 

1,378.8 

50.7 

50.7 

1,018.4 
591.8 
1,535.1 
168.3 
7.8 
6.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount 

22.5 
0.1 

22.6 

672.2 
585.1 

1,257.3 

— 

— 

844.5 
662.1 
756.6 
173.0 
3.9 
5.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value

22.5
0.1

22.6

672.2
585.1

1,257.3

—

—

844.5
626.0
756.6
189.2
3.9
5.6

$ 

 3,349.8 

$ 

3,327.6 

$ 

2,445.8 

$ 

2,425.9

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 3.

The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows for the unsecured senior notes are based on the government yield 
curve at the reporting date plus an adequate credit spread.

(h)  Fair value hierarchy

The  table  below  summarizes  the  levels  of  hierarchy  for  financial  assets  and  liabilities.  It  does  not  include  the  fair  value 
information  for  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  not  measured  at  fair  value  if  the  carrying  value  is  a  reasonable 
approximation of the fair value. 

The different levels have been defined as follows:

•	 Level	1:	quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities;

•	 	Level	2:	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	within	Level	1	that	are	observable	for	the	asset	or	liability,	either	directly	

(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•	 Level	3:	inputs	for	the	asset	or	liability	that	are	not	based	on	observable	market	data	(unobservable	inputs).

92

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Derivative financial liabilities 

December 31, 2016 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 

— 

Level 1 

— 
— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.5 
1.0 
(50.7) 

(34.2) 

$ 

— 
— 
— 

— 

Level 2 

Level 3 

22.5  
0.1  

22.6 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.5
1.0
(50.7)

(34.2)

Total

22.5
0.1

22.6

2 4 .  F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•	 credit	risk;

•	 liquidity	risk;	and

•	 market	risk.

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies 
and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Company’s management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures 
are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are 
reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Company, through its training 
and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which 
all employees understand their roles and obligations.

(a)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The Company has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Company’s payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Company’s review includes external ratings, 
where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represent the 
maximum open amount without requiring approval from senior management; these limits are reviewed quarterly. Customers 
that fail to meet the Company’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Company only on a prepayment basis.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet 
its obligations. These counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty has failed 
to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2017, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arising from 
derivative financial instruments amounted to $1.0 million (2016 – $0.1 million).

(b)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company 
manages liquidity by monitoring expected cash flows and ensuring the availability of credit to ensure, as far as possible, 
that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The financial obligations of the Company 
include trade and other payables, long-term debts and other long-term items. The contractual maturity of trade payables is 
six months or less. Long-term debts have varying maturities extending to 2026. The Company has capacity to discharge its 
current liabilities from the continued cash flows from operations of the business, and an additional $557.5 million of cash-on-
hand and $500.0 million of available capacity within its syndicated bank credit facility at December 31, 2017. 

2017 Annual Report 93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

(c)  Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices, will 
affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management 
is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company uses derivatives to manage market risks. Generally, the Company seeks to apply hedge accounting in order 
to manage volatility in profit or loss. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

(i)  Currency risk

The Company operates internationally, giving rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The 
Company partially manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. 
Additionally, each subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the 
foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

In other cases, borrowings are done by non-Canadian dollar-based subsidiaries in their own functional currencies such that 
the principal and interest are denominated in a currency that matches the cash flows generated by those subsidiaries. These 
provide natural hedges that do not require the application of hedge accounting.

(ii)  Interest rate risk

The Company is exposed to market risk related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the Company 
maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

(iii)   Commodity price risk

Polypropylene is the most significant input cost for the Innovia Segment. It is traded in the market, with prices linked to the 
market price of natural gas and refining capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to the volatility of polypropylene prices, therefore movements must be managed and where possible, passed along 
to the Segment’s customers. 

Aluminum is the major raw material used in the Container Segment. Prices for aluminum fluctuate in response to changes 
in  supply  and  demand,  market  uncertainty  and  a  variety  of  other  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control.  The  Company 
uses customer-specific aluminum derivative instruments (hedging items) along with fixed price contracts (hedged items) to 
minimize the impact of aluminum price fluctuations. 

Aluminum derivative contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges and changes in value are recorded on the statement 
of financial position in other comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion is recorded in selling, general and administrative 
expenses. Payments made or proceeds received upon the settlement of these contracts are recorded in cost of goods sold.

(d)  Capital management

The Company’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base throughout the economic cycle so as to maintain investor, creditor 
and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. This capital structure supports the Company’s 
objective to provide an attractive financial return to its shareholders equal to that of its leading specialty packaging peers.

The Company defines capital as total equity and measures the return on capital (or return on equity) by dividing annual net 
earnings before goodwill impairment loss and restructuring and other items by the average of the beginning and the end-
of-year shareholders’ equity. In 2017, the return on capital was 24.0% (2016 – 23.5%) and was well within the range of the 
Company’s leading specialty packaging peers.

Management and the Board maintain a balance between the expected higher return on capital that might be possible with a 
higher level of financial debt and the advantages and security afforded by a lower level of financial leverage.

The Company has provided a growing level of dividends to its shareholders over the last few years, generally related to its 
growth in earnings. Dividends are declared bearing in mind the Company’s current earnings, cash flow and financial leverage.

 There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Company is subject to certain financial covenants on its unsecured senior notes, unsecured notes, and its unsecured 
syndicated bank credit facility. This includes a covenant requiring a minimum consolidated net worth. The Company monitors 
the ratios on a quarterly basis and, at December 31, 2017, was in compliance with all its covenants. 

94

2017 Annual Report

2 5.   C O M M I T M E N T S   A N D   C O N T I N G E N C I E S

(i)  Commitments 

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows:

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

2017 

37.2 
62.8 
39.1 

$ 

2016

28.6
52.9
21.0

139.1 

$ 

102.5

$ 

$ 

The Company enters into operating leases in the ordinary course of business, primarily for real property and equipment. 
Payments and other terms for these leases vary per agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2017, $30.9 million was 
recognized as an expense in the income statement in respect of operating leases (2016 – $26.8 million). 

As  at  December  31,  2017,  the  Company  had  uncollateralized  surety  bonds  of  $75.5  million  primarily  to  the  Brazilian  Tax 
Authority in order to facilitate the appeal of tax reassessments. Based on the opinion of the Company’s Brazilian legal advisor, 
no provision has been made in the financial statements for this reassessment. 

(ii)  Contingencies

In the normal course of operations, the Company may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims, including 
environmental, labour, product, customer disputes and other matters. Management believes that adequate provisions have 
been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not always possible to estimate the extent of potential costs, 
if any, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such pending matters will not have a material adverse impact 
on our financial performance, financial position or liquidity.

2 6.   R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S

Beneficial ownership

The  directors  and  officers  of  CCL  Industries  Inc.  as  a  group  beneficially  own,  control,  or  direct,  directly  or  indirectly, 
approximately  11.2  million  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Class  A  voting  shares,  representing  94.7%  of  the  issued  and 
outstanding Class A voting shares.

Loan guarantee

The Company has provided various loan guarantees for its joint ventures and associates totalling $48.9 million.

2 7.   K E Y   M A N AG E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L   C O M P E N SAT I O N

Short-term employee compensation and benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Post-employment benefits 

2 8 .   AC C U M U L AT E D   OT H E R   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E / ( LO S S )

Unrealized foreign currency translation losses, net of tax recovery of  
  $3.9 million (2016 – tax recovery of $1.5 million) 
Gains on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax expense  
  of $1.1 million (2016 – tax expense of nil) 

2017 

12.1 
20.8 
0.9 

33.8 

$ 

$ 

2016

11.0
22.7
0.5

34.2

2017 

2016

(58.3) 

$ 

5.4 

(52.9) 

$ 

(1.0)

0.1

(0.9)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 Annual Report 95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

2 9.   R E S T R U C T U R I N G   A N D   OT H E R   I T E M S

CCL Segment restructuring (i) 
Avery Segment restructuring (ii) 
Checkpoint Segment restructuring (iii) 
Innovia Segment restructuring (iv) 
Acquisition costs (v) 
Other items (vi) 

Total restructuring and other items 

$ 

$ 

2017 

6.5 
— 
14.8 
3.0 
2.6 
(15.6) 

$ 

11.3 

$ 

2016

5.5
(2.0)
20.7
—
10.4
—

34.6

(i)    In  2017,  the  CCL  Segment  recorded  $6.5  million  ($4.7  million,  net  of  tax)  in  restructuring  costs,  primarily  related  to 
severance costs for Innovia. In 2016, the CCL Segment recorded $5.5 million ($4.5 million, net of tax) in restructuring 
costs, primarily related to severance costs for Worldmark.

(ii)   In 2016, the Avery Segment reversed $2.0 million ($1.2 million, net of tax) of the restructuring reserve for the previously 
announced closure of the Avery Meridian, Mississippi, binder manufacturing facility, which was repurposed and continue 
to operate as a distribution facility only.

(iii)  In 2017, the Checkpoint Segment recorded $14.8 million ($11.8 million, net of tax) in restructuring costs, primarily related 
to severance costs. In 2016, the Checkpoint Segment recorded $20.7 million ($14.0 million, net of tax) in restructuring 
costs, primarily related to severance costs.

(iv)  In 2017, the Innovia Segment recorded $3.0 million ($2.1 million, net of tax) in restructuring costs, primarily related to 

severance costs.

(v)   In 2017, acquisition costs of $2.6 million ($2.6 million, net of tax) were recorded primarily for the Innovia acquisition. In 
2016, acquisition costs of $10.4 million ($10.4 million, net of tax) were recorded primarily for the Checkpoint and 2015 
Worldmark acquisitions.

(vi)  In 2017, Checkpoint recognized $15.6 million ($9.6 million, net of tax) of income due to the reversal of a pre-acquisition 

legal accrual. 

3 0.   S U B S E Q U E N T   E V E N T S

The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.13 per Class B non-voting share and $0.1275 per Class A voting share, 
which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 16, 2018, to be paid on March 30, 2018.

96

2017 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S I X   Y E A R   F I N A N C I A L   S U M M A R Y 

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except share and ratio data)

Sales and Net Earnings 
Sales 
Depreciation and  
  amortization  
Finance cost/ 
  Interest expense  
Net earnings 
Basic net earnings  
  per Class B share 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Financial Position
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital6 
Total assets 
Net debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
$ 
Net debt to equity ratio   
Net debt to total  
  book capitalization 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

3,974.7 

$ 

3,039.1 

$ 

2,585.6 

$ 

1,889.4 

$ 

1,308.6

259.2 

75.2 
474.11 

2.701 

1,851.6 
1,299.7 
551.9 
6,144.0 
1,773.9 
2,157.9 
0.82 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

203.7 

37.9 
346.32 

1.982 

1,660.9 
907.0 
753.9 
4,678.8 
1,016.2 
1,775.2 
0.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

164.1 

25.6 
295.13 

1.703 

1,229.9 
912.8 
317.1 
3,582.3 
599.8 
1,621.9 
0.37 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

146.4 

25.6 
216.64 

1.264 

821.9 
600.2 
221.7 
2,618.4 
437.2 
1,216.2 
0.36 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

120.2 

25.6 
103.65 

0.615  

770.2 
544.5 
225.7 
2,401.6 
503.0 
1,018.1 
0.49 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

102.6

20.9
97.5 

0.58

476.9 
322.2 
154.7
1,602.4
140.1
887.2
0.16

45.1% 

36.4%  

27.0% 

26.4% 

33.1% 

13.6%

Number of Shares (000,000s) 
Class A – Dec. 31 
Class B – Dec. 31 
Weighted average  
  for the year 

11.8 
165.0 

175.8 

11.8 
164.1 

175.2 

11.8 
163.6 

173.6 

11.8 
161.6 

171.8 

11.8 
160.1 

170.8 

11.8 
157.3

167.4 

Cash Flow
Cash provided by 
  operations 
Additions to plant, 
  property and  
  equipment 
Business acquisitions 
Dividends 
Dividends per  
  Class B share 

$ 

711.2 

$ 

564.0 

$ 

475.3 

$ 

403.5 

$ 

333.7 

$ 

199.3 

285.7 
1,191.4 
81.2 

234.7 
571.5 
70.2 

172.2 
356.7 
52.3 

153.7 
115.9 
37.9 

116.1 
528.3 
29.4 

$ 

0.46 

$ 

0.40 

$ 

0.30 

$ 

0.22 

$ 

0.17 

$ 

93.6 
11.6 
32.1

0.16 

1  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $11.3 million. 
2  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $34.6 million. 
3  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $6.0 million.
4  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $9.1 million.
5   After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $45.2 million.
6   Current assets less current liabilities.

2017 Annual Report

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0 1 7   B U S I N E S S   L E A D E R S H I P

North America

Europe

Asia Pacific

Jim Anzai
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries North Asia

Tokyo, Japan

Da Gang Li
Vice President, 
CCL Industries China

Shanghai, PR China

Kittipong Kulratanasinsuk
Managing Director,  
CCL Label ASEAN 

Bangkok, Thailand

Mark Gentle
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Checkpoint & Meto Australia,  
New	Zealand	&	ASEAN

Melbourne, Australia

Bernhard Imbach
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Secure

Melbourne, Australia

John O’Brien
Managing Director, 
CCL	Label	Australia	&	New	Zealand

Adelaide, Australia

Latin America 

Luis Jocionis
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Industries South America

Sao Paolo, Brazil

Ben Lilienthal
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries Central America

Mexico City, Mexico

Günther Birkner
President, 
Food & Beverage,  
Healthcare & Specialty and  
Innovia Films Worldwide

Zurich, Switzerland 

Peter Fleissner
President, 
CCL Design Worldwide

Solingen, Germany 

Scott Mitchell-Harris
Group Vice President, 
Checkpoint Europe & Asia Pacific, 
Apparel Labeling Solutions Worldwide

Barcelona, Spain 

Erik Cardinaal
Vice President & General Manager, 
Apparel Labeling Solutions, 
Europe, Middle East and Africa

Terborg, Netherlands

Derek Cumming
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Design Electronics

East Kilbride, Scotland

Werner Ehrmann
Vice President, 
Technology Development

Holzkirchen, Germany

Mathias Maennel
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Healthcare & Specialty Europe

Oss, Netherlands

Jamie Robinson
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Home & Personal Care Europe

Castleford, U.K.

Reinhard Streit
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Food & Beverage Europe

Völkermarkt, Austria

Thomas Summer
Vice President & Managing Director,  
Sleeves Europe

Hohenems, Austria 

Mark Cooper
President,  
Avery & METO Worldwide

Brea, California, U.S.A.

John Dargan
President,  
Checkpoint Worldwide

Thorofare, New Jersey, U.S.A.

Ben Rubino
President,  
Home & Personal Care Worldwide

Lumberton, New Jersey, U.S.A. 

Stephan Finke
Vice President & General Manager, 
Food & Beverage North America

Sonoma, California, U.S.A.

Eric Frantz
Vice President Operations, 
Home & Personal Care North America

Hermitage, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Bill Goldsmith
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Design North America

Schererville, Indiana, U.S.A.

Al Green
Vice President, 
Technology Development 

Clinton, South Carolina, U.S.A. 

Andy Iseli
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Tube

Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.

Allison Phillips
Vice President & General Manager, 
Avery North America Printable Media

Brea, California, U.S.A.

Lee Pretsell
Group Vice President, 
Healthcare & Specialty Worldwide

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

98

2017 Annual Report

2 0 1 7   C O R P O R AT E   E X E C U T I V E S

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Anne Brayley
Vice President, Internal Audit

Kamal Kotecha
Vice President, Taxation

Mark McClendon
Vice President and  
General Counsel

James A. Sellors
Senior Vice President, 
CCL Industries Asia Pacific

Susan V. Snelgrove
Vice President,  
Risk and Environmental Management

Lalitha Vaidyanathan
Senior Vice President,  
Finance-IT-Human Resources,  
CCL Industries

Nick Vecchiarelli
Vice President,  
Corporate Accounting

Monika Vodermaier
Vice President,  
Corporate Finance 
Europe and Asia

Sean P. Washchuk
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

2 0 1 7   B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Vincent J. Galifi
Director since 2016

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
Magna International Inc.  
Ontario, Canada

Edward E. Guillet
Director since 2008

Freelance Human Resources Consultant 
California, U.S.A.

Kathleen L. Keller-Hobson
Director since 2015

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Donald G. Lang
Director since 1991

Executive Chairman, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Ontario, Canada 

Erin M. Lang
Director since 2016

Managing Director, 
LUMAS Canada 
Ontario, Canada 

Stuart W. Lang
Director since 1991

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada 

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director since 2005

President and CEO, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Douglas W. Muzyka
Director since 2016

Corporate Director 
Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Thomas C. Peddie
Director since 2003

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Mandy Shapansky
Director since 2014

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

2017 Annual Report 99

S H A R E H O L D E R S ’   I N F O R M AT I O N

Auditors

KPMG LLP

Chartered Accountants

Legal Counsel

McMillan LLP

Transfer Agent 
AST Trust Company (Canada)
P.O. Box 700
Postal Station B
Montreal, QC H3B 3K3
Email: 
Investor Services:   (416) 682-3860 or

inquiries@astfinancial.com

Fax:   
Website: 

(800) 387-0825
(888) 249-6189
www.astfinancial.com/ca-en

Financial Information

Institutional investors, analysts and registered representatives 
requiring additional information may contact:

Sean Washchuk
Senior Vice President and CFO
(416) 756-8526

Additional copies of this report can be obtained from:

CCL Industries Inc.
Investor Relations Department
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1
Tel:    
Fax:   
Email: 
Website:   

(416) 756-8500
(416) 756-8555
ccl@cclind.com
www.cclind.com

Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders

The Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders  
will be held on:
May 8, 2018 at 1:00 p.m.
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1

Class B Share Information

Stock Symbol CCL.B

Listed TSX 

Opening price 2017   
Closing price 2017  
Number of trades 
Trading volume (shares) 
Trading value 
Annual dividends declared 

Shares Outstanding at December 31, 2017

Class A voting shares 
Class B non-voting shares 

$52.69
$58.08
357,368
64,750,209
$5,192,425,534
$0.46

11,837,250

164,951,412

m
o
c

.

s

l

l

i

m
n
a

y

r
b
.

w
w
w

.

d
t
L

s

l

l

i

M

n
a
y
r
B

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

100

2017 Annual Report

This report is printed on recyclable, acid-free and chlorine free paper. 
Printed in Canada. 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN 2017 CANADA CELEBRATED ITS 150TH ANNIVERSARY AS A NATION  

AND RECOGNIZED THIS HISTORIC MOMENT WITH A COMMEMORATIVE  

$10 BANKNOTE. 

CCL Secure produces polymer banknote substrate from a clear base film with a unique chemical signature 

supplied by Innovia. CCL Secure converts the film to opaque white leaving transparent windows with special 

embedded security features and overt graphic effects. This substrate is supplied to Central Banks around the 

world which add final printed features including numbering and then sheet them into final single notes ready for 

issue. Adoption of polymer banks notes is increasing around the world as Central Banks understand the lower 

total cost of ownership and improved anti counterfeit resistance with the consumer benefits of a cleaner, more 

environmentally friendly alternative to traditional paper currency.

CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road, Suite 801 
Toronto, ON  M2H 3R1, Canada
Tel +1 (416) 756 8500

161 Worcester Road
Framingham, MA 01701, USA
Tel +1 (508) 872 4511

www.cclind.com